Lincoln Aviator 2020-2024 Service Manual / Body and Paint / Body and Paint / Supplemental Restraint System / Diagnosis and Testing - Airbag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Lincoln Aviator: Supplemental Restraint System / Diagnosis and Testing - Airbag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices.
REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).


  Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart


Module   DTC Description Action
  BCM B00A0:11 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BN
  BCM B00A0:12 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BN
  BCM B1123:11 Restraints Ignition Relay: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BN
  BCM B1123:12 Restraints Ignition Relay: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BN
  BCM B11D8:01 Restraint Event Notification: General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  DCME B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  DCMF B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  DCMG B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  DCMH B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  FCIM B00D5:01 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  FCIM B1202:01 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  OCSM B0061:11 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B0061:12 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B0061:13 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B0061:64 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B00A0:62 Occupant Classification System: Signal Compare Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B00C0:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM B00C0:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM B00C0:16 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM B00C0:49 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM B00C0:7B Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Low Fluid Level   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM B00C2:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C": Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BF
  OCSM B00C2:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C": Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BF
  OCSM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BG
  OCSM U0100:00 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM “A”: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BH
  OCSM U0151:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Control Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BI
  OCSM U024C:00 Lost Communication with Seat Control Module "H": No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BJ
  OCSM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BK
  OCSM U3000:41 Control Module: General Checksum Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  OCSM U3000:42 Control Module: General Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  OCSM U3000:46 Control Module: Special Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  OCSM U3000:54 Control Module: Missing Calibration   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  OCSM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  OCSM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  RCM B0001:11 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:12 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:13 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:1A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:2B Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0001:4A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0002:11 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:12 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:13 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:1A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:2B Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0002:4A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0004:11 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:12 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:13 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:1A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:2B Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0004:4A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0010:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0010:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0011:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0011:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0013:11 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:12 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:13 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:1A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:2B Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0013:4A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0050:11 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:12 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:13 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:1D Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:2B Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0050:4A Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0052:11 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:12 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:13 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:1D Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:2B Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0052:4A Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0054:11 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:12 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:13 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:1D Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:2B Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0054:4A Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0070:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0070:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0072:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0072:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B007E:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B007E:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B007F:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B007F:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0082:11 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:12 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:13 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:1A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:2B Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B0082:4A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00A0:09 Occupant Classification System: Component Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00A0:4A Occupant Classification System: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00A0:63 Occupant Classification System: Circuit / Component Protection Time-Out   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00A0:64 Occupant Classification System: Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00A0:68 Occupant Classification System: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00B5:11 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:12 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:13 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:1D Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:2B Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B00B5:4A Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00C5:11 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:12 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:13 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:1D Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:2B Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B00C5:4A Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00D5:01 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  RCM B00D5:4A Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test S
  RCM B11CF:11 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test T
  RCM B11CF:12 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test T
  RCM B11CF:13 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test T
  RCM B11CF:1A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test T
  RCM B11CF:2B Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B11CF:4A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B11D8:11 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11D8:12 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11D8:13 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Open   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B1202:01 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  RCM B1202:4A Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1404:11 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1404:12 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1404:13 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1404:1A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1404:2B Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1404:4A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1405:11 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1405:12 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1405:13 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1405:1A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1405:2B Driver Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1405:4A Driver Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1407:11 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1407:12 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1407:13 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1407:1A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1407:2B Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1407:4A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1408:11 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1408:12 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1408:13 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1408:1A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1408:2B Passenger Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1408:4A Passenger Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140C:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B140C:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B140C:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B140C:1D Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B140C:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B140C:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140D:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140D:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140D:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140D:1D Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140D:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B140D:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140E:11 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140E:12 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140E:13 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140E:1D Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140E:2B Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B140E:4A Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140F:11 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140F:12 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140F:13 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140F:1D Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140F:2B Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B140F:4A Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1410:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B1410:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B1410:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B1410:1A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B1410:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1410:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1412:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1412:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1412:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1412:1A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1412:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1412:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1413:11 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1413:12 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1413:13 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1413:4A Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1413:81 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1413:96 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1414:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1414:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1414:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1414:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1414:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1414:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1415:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1415:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1415:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1415:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1415:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1415:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1417:11 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1417:12 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1417:13 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1417:4A Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1417:81 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1417:96 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1418:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1418:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1418:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1418:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1418:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1418:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1419:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1419:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1419:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1419:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1419:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1419:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B142D:00 Pyrotechnic End of Life Activation Performed: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM B1469:4A Unused Satellite Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B146A:4A Unused Satellite Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1492:68 Fuel Cutoff Event: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM B14ED:11 Restraint Event Notification 2: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  RCM B14ED:12 Restraint Event Notification 2: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  RCM B14ED:13 Restraint Event Notification 2: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  RCM B14EE:11 Restraint Event Notification 3: Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  RCM B14EE:12 Restraint Event Notification 3: Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  RCM B14EE:13 Restraint Event Notification 3: Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  RCM B1534:4A Unused Deployable Device: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1535:4A Unused DC Sensor Device: Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM C0061:68 Lateral Acceleration Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM C0062:68 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM C0063:68 Yaw Rate Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM C0064:68 Roll Rate Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM C0065:68 Vertical Acceleration Sensor: Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM U0028:08 Vehicle Communication Bus A: Bus Signal/Message Failures   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM U0028:88 Vehicle Communication Bus A: Bus Off   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM U0100:00 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM “A”: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AP
  RCM U0140:00 Lost Communication with Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AQ
  RCM U0146:00 Lost Communication with Gateway "A": No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AR
  RCM U0154:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Occupant Classification System Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AS
  RCM U0253:00 Lost Communication with Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AT
  RCM U0300:00 Control Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0401:81 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0422:00 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0422:81 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0455:81 Invalid Data Received From Restraints Occupant Classification System Module: Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0554:00 Invalid Data Received From Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0557:82 Invalid Data Received From Front Controls Interface Module "A": Alive/Sequence Counter Incorrect/Not Updated   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U2024:57 Control Module Cal-Config Data: Invalid/Incompatible Software Component   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
  RCM U2101:00 Control Module Configuration Incompatible: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM U2200:00 Control Module Configuration Memory Corrupt: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U2300:55 Central Configuration: Not Configured   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  RCM U2300:64 Central Configuration: Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  RCM U3000:04 Control Module: System Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U3000:46 Control Module: Calibration / Parameter Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U3000:49 Control Module: Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  RCM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BB

Symptom Chart(s)

Symptom Chart: Supplemental Restraint System

Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices.
REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).


  Symptom Chart


Condition Possible Sources Actions
A module does not respond to the diagnostic scan tool
  • Fuse
  • Diagnostic scan tool
  • DLC
  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Module

  • REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).
An audible tone sounds within 60 seconds of ignition ON
  • SRS fault or airbag warning indicator fault
  • CARRY OUT the RCM and IPC self-tests. For RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to DTC Chart: RCM. For IPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
    REFER to: Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes - Vehicles With: Head Up Display (HUD) (413-01 Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes, Diagnosis and Testing).
The airbag indicator is flashing
  • SRS fault
  • CARRY OUT the RCM self tests. REFER to DTC Chart: RCM.
The airbag warning indicator is illuminated continuously
  • Fuse
  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • IPC
  • RCM
  • CARRY OUT the RCM self tests. REFER to DTC Chart: RCM.
  • If no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved from the RCM,
    REFER to: Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes - Vehicles With: Head Up Display (HUD) (413-01 Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes, Diagnosis and Testing).
  • If the RCM does not respond to the diagnostic scan tool,
    REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

Pinpoint Tests


PINPOINT TEST A : B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13, B0001:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver airbag stage 1 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13 or B0001:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0001:11 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:12 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:13 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:1A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
A1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13 or B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A2
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A12
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A15
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A2 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_00_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No GO to A3

A3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_00_R PID, carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness or INSTALL a new clockspring as needed. REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No For PID value less than 1.95 ohms, GO to A4
For PID value greater than 3.88 ohms, GO to A8

A4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:1A to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A17
No GO to A5

A5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:1A to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A6

A6 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   C218A-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No GO to A7

A7 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C310A, pin 29, component side C310A, pin 30, component side

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes REPAIR the driver airbag stage 1 circuit(s) for a short together.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No GO to A19

A8 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-29   C216A-1
      C310A-30   C216A-2

Are the resistances less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to A10
No GO to A9

A9 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-29   C218A-1
      C310A-30   C218A-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to A18
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24

A10 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C216A-1   C216A-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Was DTC B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A17
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A11

A11 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C218A-1   C218A-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Was DTC B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A18
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A19

A12 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:11 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A17
No GO to A13

A13 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:11 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A14

A14 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   Ground
      C218A-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar. REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24

A15 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:12 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A16

A16 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   Ground
      C218A-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar. REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No GO to A19

A17 CONFIRM THE DRIVER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Driver Airbag C216A and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver airbag.
REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A18 CONFIRM THE CLOCKSPRING FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A .
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A19 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A20 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_00_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23
No If the driver airbag PID indicates incorrect resistance only when the steering wheel is rotated, INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For all other faults, DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information. GO to A24

A21 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23

A22 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23

A23 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Airbag C216A Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tab to verify that it is correctly seated and free of damage.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A24

A24 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST B : B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13, B0002:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver airbag stage 2 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13 or B0002:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • Connections
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0002:11 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:12 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:13 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:1A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
B1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13 or B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B2
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B11
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B14
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B2 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_01_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No GO to B3

B3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_01_R PID, carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wiring harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR the connector, terminals or wiring harness or INSTALL a new clockspring as needed. REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No For PID value less than 1.98 ohms, GO to B4
For PID value greater than 3.88 ohms, GO to B7

B4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:1A to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B16
No GO to B5

B5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag / clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:1A to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B6

B6 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   C218A-4

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B7 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-10   C216B-1
      C310A-9   C216B-2

Are the resistances less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to B9
No GO to B8

B8 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-10   C218A-3
      C310A-9   C218A-4

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to B17
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B9 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C216B-1   C216B-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. Stage 1 shows an open circuit fault because the driver airbag is disconnected.

Was DTC B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B10

B10 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C218A-3   C218A-4
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. v
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. Stage 1 shows an open circuit fault because the driver airbag is disconnected.

Was DTC B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B17
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B18

B11 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:11 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B16
No GO to B12

B12 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:11 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B13

B13 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   Ground
      C218A-4   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B14 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:12 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B15

B15 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   Ground
      C218A-4   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No GO to B18

B16 CONFIRM THE DRIVER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Driver Airbag C216B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected).
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver airbag.
REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B17 CONFIRM THE CLOCKSPRING FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B18 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B19 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_01_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22
No If the driver airbag PID indicates incorrect resistance only when the steering wheel is rotated, INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For all other faults, DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information. GO to B23

B20 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22

B21 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
    https://detroit.craigslist.org/search/sss?query=crafsman14
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22

B22 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Airbag C216B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tab to verify that it is correctly seated and free of damage.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B23

B23 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. v
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST C : B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13, B0004:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver knee airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver knee airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13 or B0004:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver knee airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0004:11 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:12 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:13 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:1A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver knee airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
C1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13 and B0004:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver knee airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C2
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C8
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver knee airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C2 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_02_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No GO to C3

C3 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_02_R PID, carry out the harness test of the driver knee airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to C4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to C6

C4 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:1A to B0004:13?
Yes GO to C11
No GO to C5

C5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   C2432-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C6 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-21   C2432-1
      C310A-22   C2432-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to C7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C7 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C2432-1   C2432-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:13 to B0004:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to C11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to C12

C8 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:11 to B0004:13?
Yes GO to C11
No GO to C9

C9 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   Ground
      C2432-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C10 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   Ground
      C2432-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No GO to C12

C11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Knee Airbag C2432 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver knee airbag.
REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to C17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver knee airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to C17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C13 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_02_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C14 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16

C15 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16

C16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Knee Airbag C2432 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C17

C17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Install the driver knee airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST D : B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13, B0010:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13 or B0010:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0010:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
D1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13 or B0010:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D2
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D9
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D11
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D16

D2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_05_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to D13
No GO to D3

D3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_05_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to D4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to D7

D4 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on passenger airbag stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:1A to B0010:13?
Yes GO to D12
No GO to D5

D5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256A-1   C256A-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to D13
No GO to D6

D6 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C310A-28 component side C310A-27 component side

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes REPAIR the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for a short together.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No GO to D13

D7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-27   C256A-1
      C310A-28   C256A-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to D8
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18

D8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256A-1   C256A-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:13 to B0010:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to D12
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to D13

D9 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:11 to B0010:13?
Yes GO to D12
No GO to D10

D10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256A-1   Ground
      C256A-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to D13
No Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar.
REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18

D11 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256A-1   Ground
      C256A-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar.
REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No GO to D13

D12 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Passenger Airbag C256A and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to D18
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D16

D13 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256A (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to D18
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D16

D14 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_05_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D17
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18

D15 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D17

D16 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D17

D17 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256A and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D18

D18 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST E : B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13, B0011:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13 or B0011:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0011:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
E1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13 and B0011:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E2
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E8
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E15

E2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_06_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to E12
No GO to E3

E3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_06_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to E4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to E6

E4 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved on passenger airbag stage 2. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:1A to B0011:13?
Yes GO to E11
No GO to E5

E5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256B-1   C256B-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to E12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E6 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-8   C256B-1
      C310A-7   C256B-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to E7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256B-1   C256B-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:13 to B0011:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to E11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to E12

E8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:11 to B0011:13?
Yes GO to E11
No GO to E9

E9 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256B-1   Ground
      C256B-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to E12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256B-1   Ground
      C256B-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No GO to E12

E11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to E17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E15

E12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256B (if previously disconnected).
  • Install the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to E17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E15

E13 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Disconnect the diagnostic tool.
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_06_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E14 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E16

E15 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E16

E16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E17

E17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST F : B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13, B0013:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger knee airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger knee airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13 or B0013:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger knee airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0013:11 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:12 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:13 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:1A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger knee airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
F1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13 and B0013:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F2
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F8
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F15

F2 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_07_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No GO to F3

F3 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_07_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger knee airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to F4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to F6

F4 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:1A to B0013:13?
Yes GO to F11
No GO to F5

F5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   C2433-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F6 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-24   C2433-1
      C310A-23   C2433-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to F7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F7 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C2433-1   C2433-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:13 to B0013:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to F11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to F12

F8 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:11 to B0013:13?
Yes GO to F11
No GO to F9

F9 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   Ground
      C2433-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F10 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   Ground
      C2433-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No GO to F12

F11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger knee airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to F17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F15

F12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 (if previously disconnected) .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to F17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F15

F13 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_07_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F14 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16

F15 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16

F16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F17

F17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST G : B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13, B0050:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted driver seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0050:11 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:12 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:13 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:1D Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt buckle
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
G1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0050:11 or B0050:1D, GO to G2
For DTC B0050:12, GO to G4
For DTC B0050:13, GO to G5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to G10

G2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the driver seat position sensor and driver side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0050:11 or B0050:1D to B0050:13?
Yes GO to G8
No For DTC B0050:11, GO to G3
For DTC B0050:1D, GO to G9

G3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3201-5   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to G9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11

G4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3201-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11
No GO to G9

G5 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3201-5   C3201-6
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the driver seat position sensor and driver side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0050:13 to B0050:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to G8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to G6

G6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-54   C3201-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to G7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11

G7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3201-6   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to G9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11

G8 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to G11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G10

G9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to G11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G10

G10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0050:11 or B0050:1D, GO to G2
For DTC B0050:12, GO to G4
For DTC B0050:13, GO to G5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G11

G11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST H : B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13, B0052:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0052:11 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:12 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:13 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:1D Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt buckle
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
H1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0052:11 or B0052:1D, GO to H2
For DTC B0052:12, GO to H4
For DTC B0052:13, GO to H5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to H10

H2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the passenger seat position sensor and passenger side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0052:11 or B0052:1D to B0052:13?
Yes GO to H8
No For DTC B0052:11, GO to H3
For DTC B0052:1D, GO to H9

H3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-5   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to H9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11
No GO to H9

H5 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3738-5   C3738-6
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the passenger seat position sensor and passenger side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0052:13 to B0052:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to H8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to H6

H6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-55   C3738-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to H7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-6   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to H9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H8 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to H11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H10

H9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to H11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H10

H10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0052:11 or B0052:1D, GO to H2
For DTC B0052:12, GO to H4
For DTC B0052:13, GO to H5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H11

H11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST I : B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 AND B0054:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the second row center seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0054:11 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0054:12 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0054:13 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0054:1D Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Center rear seatbelt buckle
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
I1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0054:11 or B0054:1D, GO to I2
For DTC B0054:12, GO to I4
For DTC B0054:13, GO to I5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to I10

I2 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the center rear seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the center rear seat position sensor and center rear side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0054:11 or B0054:1D to B0054:13?
Yes GO to I8
No For DTC B0054:11, GO to I3
For DTC B0054:1D, GO to I9

I3 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to I9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I4 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11
No GO to I9

I5 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3559-1   C3559-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the center rear seat position sensor and center rear side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0054:13 to B0054:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to I8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to I6

I6 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-28   C3559-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to I7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I7 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to I9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I8 CONFIRM THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new center rear seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Second Row Center Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to I11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I10

I9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to I11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I10

I10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0054:11 or B0054:1D, GO to I2
For DTC B0054:12, GO to I4
For DTC B0054:13, GO to I5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I11

I11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST J : B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13, B0070:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13 or B0070:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0070:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
J1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13 and B0070:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J2
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J8
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J15

J2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_29_RES PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to J12
No GO to J3

J3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_29_RES PID, carry out the harness test of the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to J4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to J6

J4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:1A to B0070:13?
Yes GO to J11
No GO to J5

J5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065-1   C3065-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to J12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-9   C3065-1
      C310B-10   C3065-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to J7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3065-1   C3065-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:13 to B0070:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to J11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to J12

J8 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:11 to B0070:13?
Yes GO to J11
No GO to J9

J9 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065-1   Ground
      C3065-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to J12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J10 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065-1   Ground
      C3065-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No GO to J12

J11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to J17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J15

J12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to J17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J15

J13 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_29_RES PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J14 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J16

J15 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J16

J16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J17

J17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST K : B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13, B0072:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13 or B0072:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0072:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
K1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13 and B0072:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K2
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K8
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K15

K2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_30_RES PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No GO to K3

K3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_30_RES PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to K4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to K6

K4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:1A to B0072:13?
Yes GO to K11
No GO to K5

K5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3066-1   C3066-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-4   C3066-1
      C310B-3   C3066-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to K7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3066-1   C3066-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:13 to B0072:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to K11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to K12

K8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:11 to B0072:13?
Yes GO to K11
No GO to K9

K9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3066-1   Ground
      C3066-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3066-1   Ground
      C3066-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No GO to K12

K11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to K17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K15

K12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to K17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K15

K13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_30_RES PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16

K15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16

K16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K17

K17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST L : B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13, B007E:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13 or B007E:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B007E:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
L1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13 or B007E:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L2
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L8
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L15

L2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_23_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No GO to L3

L3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_23_R PID, carry out the harness test of the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to L4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to L6

L4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:1A to B007E:13?
Yes GO to L11
No GO to L5

L5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C323-1   C323-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-52   C323-1
      C310B-51   C323-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to L7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C323-1   C323-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:13 to B007E:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to L11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to L12

L8 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:11 to B007E:13?
Yes GO to L11
No GO to L9

L9 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C323-1   Ground
      C323-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L10 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C323-1   Ground
      C323-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No GO to L12

L11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt retractor.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to L17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L15

L12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to L17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L15

L13 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_23_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L14 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16

L15 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16

L16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L17

L17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
    Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST M : B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13, B007F:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13 or B007F:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B007F:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
M1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13 or B007F:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M2
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M8
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M15

M2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_24_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No GO to M3

M3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_24_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to M4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to M6

M4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:1A to B007F:13?
Yes GO to M11
No GO to M5

M5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303-1   C303-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-49   C303-1
      C310B-50   C303-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to M7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C303-1   C303-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:13 to B007F:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to M11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to M12

M8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:11 to B007F:13?
Yes GO to M11
No GO to M9

M9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303-1   Ground
      C303-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303-1   Ground
      C303-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No GO to M12

M11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt retractor.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to M17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M15

M12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to M17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M15

M13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_24_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16

M15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16

M16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M17

M17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST N : B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13, B0082:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt load limiter

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13 or B0082:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger seatbelt load limiter
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0082:11 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt load limiter circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:12 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt load limiter circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:13 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:1A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt load limiter
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
N1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13 and B0082:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N2
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N8
For DTC B0082:12, GO to N10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N14
For DTC B0082:12, GO to N15

N2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_26_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No GO to N3

N3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_26_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wiring harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wiring harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to N4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to N6

N4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:1A to B0082:13?
Yes GO to N11
No GO to N5

N5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3202-1   C3202-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-17   C3202-1
      C310B-18   C3202-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to N7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3202-1   C3202-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:13 to B0082:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to N11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to N12

N8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:11 to B0082:13?
Yes GO to N11
No GO to N9

N9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3202-1   Ground
      C3202-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3202-1   Ground
      C3202-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No GO to N12

N11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt retractor (includes load limiter).
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to N17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N14

N12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to N17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N14
For DTC B0082:12, GO to N15

N13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_26_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16

N15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16

N16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N17

N17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST O : B00A0:09, B00A0:63, B00A0:64, B00A0:68

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM is in constant communication with various control modules on the HS-CAN. One of those modules is the OCSM. The RCM continuously monitors the HS-CAN for fault messages reported by the OCSM. The RCM also checks for the correct identification of the OCSM. If the RCM receives fault message(s) from the OCSM, it stores DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:4A, B00A0:63, B00A0:64 or B00A0:68 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00A0:09 Occupant Classification System: Component Failures A fault is indicated when the RCM receives a message from the OCSM that a fault exists within the OCS.
RCM B00A0:63 Occupant Classification System: Circuit/Component Protection Time-Out A fault is indicated when the RCM receives 8 or more invalid states from the OCSM.
RCM B00A0:64 Occupant Classification System: Signal Plausibility Failure A fault is indicated when the RCM receives messages containing upper or lower data limits other than limits stored in memory.
RCM B00A0:68 Occupant Classification System: Event Information A fault is indicated when the RCM receives a message from the OCSM that indicates an OCS fault is present.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • OCSM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
O1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:4A, B00A0:63, B00A0:64 or B00A0:68 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:63 or B00A0:68, RETRIEVE Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM and DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the OCSM DTC chart in this section.
For DTC B00A0:4A or B00A0:64, GO to O2
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to O5

O2 VERIFY THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the OCSM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the parts catalog and verify the correct OCSM is present in the vehicle.

Is the correct OCSM installed?
Yes GO to O3
No INSTALL the correct OCSM.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to O5

O3 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the RCM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the parts catalog and verify the correct RCM is present in the vehicle.

Is the correct RCM installed?
Yes GO to O4
No INSTALL the correct RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to O5

O4 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONFIGURATION
  • Carry out PMI for the RCM. Manually enter As-Built data. Refer to the diagnostic scan tool instructions when carrying out PMI.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:4A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to O5
No The fault is corrected. GO to O5

O5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST P : B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13, B00B5:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seat position sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted driver seat position sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 or B00B5:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00B5:11 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:12 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:13 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:1D Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seat position sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
P1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 and B00B5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D, GO to P2
For DTC B00B5:12, GO to P4
For DTC B00B5:13, GO to P5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to P10

P2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seat position sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D to B00B5:13?
Yes GO to P8
No For DTC B00B5:11, GO to P3
For DTC B00B5:1D, GO to P9

P3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to P9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11

P4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 .
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11
No GO to P9

P5 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 .
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C356-2   C356-1
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seat position sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00B5:13 to B00B5:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to P8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to P6

P6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-41   C356-2

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to P7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11

P7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-1   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to P9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11

P8 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect . Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 (if previously disconnected)
  • Connect . Driver Seat Position Sensor C356
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seat position sensor.
REFER to: Seat Position Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to P11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to P10

P9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to P11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to P10

P10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 and B00B5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D, GO to P2
For DTC B00B5:12, GO to P4
For DTC B00B5:13, GO to P5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to P11

P11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Q : B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13, B00C5:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seat position sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted passenger seat position sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 or B00C5:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00C5:11 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:12 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:13 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:1D Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seat position sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Q1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 and B00C5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D, GO to Q2
For DTC B00C5:12, GO to Q4
For DTC B00C5:13, GO to Q5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to Q10

Q2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3288 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seat position sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D to B00C5:13?
Yes GO to Q8
No For DTC B00C5:11, GO to Q3
For DTC B00C5:1D, GO to Q9

Q3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3288-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Q9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3288 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3288-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11
No GO to Q9

Q5 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3288 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3288-2   C3288-1
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seat position sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00C5:13 to B00C5:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Q8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Q6

Q6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-58   C3288-2

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Q7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3288-1   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to Q9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q8 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3288 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seat position sensor.
REFER to: Seat Position Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Q11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q10

Q9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3288 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Q11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q10

Q10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3288 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 and B00C5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D, GO to Q2
For DTC B00C5:12, GO to Q4
For DTC B00C5:13, GO to Q5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q11

Q11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST R : PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) DISABLE INDICATOR FAULTS

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The PAD indicator is part of the overhead console and cannot be serviced separately.

The FCIM briefly activates each LED in the PAD indicator to prove-out and verify correct functional operation of the PAD indicator to the occupants. REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The FCIM monitors the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted PAD indicator

If a fault is detected, the FCIM stores DTC B00D5:01 in memory and sends a message to the RCM. The RCM sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
FCIM B00D5:01 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: General Electrical Failure A fault is indicated when the FCIM senses a fault on the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuit.
RCM B00D5:01 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: General Electrical Failure A fault is indicated when the FCIM senses a fault on the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • PAD indicator
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
R1 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'OFF' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect FCIM C2402 .
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to R7
No GO to R2

R2 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'OFF' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to R3
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to R7

R3 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'OFF' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   C2402-6

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to R4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to R7

R4 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT AT THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR FOR VOLTAGE
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-7   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes GO to R6
No GO to R5

R5 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT TO THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-6   C930-7

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to R6
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to R7

R6 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect Connect: PAD Indicator C930..
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2402-6   Ground
  • Ignition ON.
  • Monitor the PAD indicator.

Does the PAD indicator 'OFF' LED illuminate?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test. For any BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the BCM DTC chart in this section. If no BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are retrieved, replace the BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire, INSTALL a new PAD indicator and GO to R7

R7 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST S : B1193:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to the vehicle being in a crash.

Possible Sources

  • A crash has occurred
S1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes
REFER to: Inspection and Repair after a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Deployment (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
GO to S2
No The system is operating correctly at this time. GO to S2

S2 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST T : B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13, B11CF:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag adaptive canister vent

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag adaptive canister vent
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B11CF:11 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:12 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:13 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:1A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag adaptive canister vent
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
T1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13 and B11CF:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to T2
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to T8
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to T10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to T13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to T14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to T15

T2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_08_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to T12
No GO to T3

T3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_08_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to T4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to T6

T4 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:1A to B11CF:13?
Yes GO to T11
No GO to T5

T5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256C-1   C256C-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to T12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17

T6 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-12   C256C-1
      C310A-11   C256C-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to T7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17

T7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256C-1   C256C-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:13 to B11CF:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to T11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to T12

T8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:11 to B11CF:13?
Yes GO to T11
No GO to T9

T9 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256C-1   Ground
      C256C-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to T12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17

T10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256C-1   Ground
      C256C-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17
No GO to T12

T11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256C and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag (includes canister vent).
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to T17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to T13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to T14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to T15

T12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256C (if previously disconnected).
  • Install the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to T17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to T13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to T14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to T15

T13 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_08_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to T16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17

T14 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to T16

T15 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to T16

T16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256C and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to T17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to T17

T17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST U : B11D8:01, B11D8:11, B11D8:12, B11D8:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM transmits an event notification signal which communicates crash status and SRS deployment status to the BCM. When the BCM receives an event notification signal which indicates a crash, it initiates fuel cut-off.

The RCM monitors the event notification signal circuit for the following faults:

  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Open circuit

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 in memory. The airbag warning indicator does not illuminate if B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 is set.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B11D8:11 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B11D8:12 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B11D8:13 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
BCM B11D8:01 Restraint Event Notification: General Electrical Failure The BCM sets this DTC when there is a fault with the ENS (Event Notification system).

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • BCM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
U1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B11D8:11, GO to U3
For DTC B11D8:12, GO to U5
For DTC B11D8:13, GO to U2
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to U8

U2 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-42   C2280E-49

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to U3
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U9

U3 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-49   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to U4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U9

U4 CONFIRM THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) OR RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:11 or B11D8:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation). CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the RCM self-test.
If DTC B11D8:11 or B11D8:13 returns, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to U9
If DTC B11D8:11 or B11D8:13 does not return, GO to U9
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U8

U5 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to U6
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
GO to U9

U6 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-49   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U9
No GO to U7

U7 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to U9
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U8

U8 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B11D8:11, GO to U3
For DTC B11D8:12, GO to U5
For DTC B11D8:13, GO to U2
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to U9

U9 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST V : PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) ENABLE INDICATOR FAULTS

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The PAD indicator is part of the overhead console and cannot be serviced separately.

The FCIM briefly activates each LED in the PAD indicator to prove-out and verify correct functional operation of the PAD indicator to the occupants. REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The FCIM monitors the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted PAD indicator

If a fault is detected, the FCIM stores DTC B1202:01 in memory and sends a message to the RCM. The RCM sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
FCIM B1202:01 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: General Electrical Failure A fault is indicated when the FCIM senses a fault on the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuit.
RCM B1202:01 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: General Electrical Failure A fault is indicated when the FCIM senses a fault on the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • PAD indicator
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
V1 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'ON' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect FCIM C2402 .
  • Disconnect PAD Indicator C930 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to V7
No GO to V2

V2 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'ON' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to V3
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to V7

V3 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'ON' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   C2402-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to V4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to V7

V4 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT AT THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR FOR VOLTAGE
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-7   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes GO to V6
No GO to V5

V5 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT TO THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-6   C930-7

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to V6
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
and GO to V7

V6 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect Connect: PAD Indicator C930..
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2402-5   Ground
  • Ignition ON.
  • Monitor the PAD indicator.

Does the PAD indicator 'ON' LED illuminate?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test. For any BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the BCM DTC chart in this section. If no BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are retrieved, replace the BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire, INSTALL a new PAD indicator and GO to V7

V7 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST W : B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13, B1404:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13 or B1404:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1404:11 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:12 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:13 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:1A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver side airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
W1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13 and B1404:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to W2
For DTC B1404:11, GO to W8
For DTC B1404:12, GO to W10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to W13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to W14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to W15

W2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_10_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to W12
No GO to W3

W3 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_10_R PID, carry out the harness test of the driver side airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to W4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to W6

W4 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:1A to B1404:13?
Yes GO to W11
No GO to W5

W5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C367-1   C367-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to W12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17

W6 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-40   C367-1
      C310B-39   C367-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to W7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17

W7 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C367-1   C367-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:13 to B1404:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to W11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to W12

W8 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:11 to B1404:13?
Yes GO to W11
No GO to W9

W9 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C367-1   Ground
      C367-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to W12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17

W10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C367-1   Ground
      C367-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17
No GO to W12

W11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the driver seat backrest harness for damage.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new driver side airbag.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to W17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to W13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to W14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to W15

W12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline). C367 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. For vehicles equipped with the police package,
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to W17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to W13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to W14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to W15

W13 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_10_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17

W14 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W16

W15 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W16

W16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C367 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W17

W17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST X : B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13, B1405:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the driver side curtain airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver side curtain airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13 or B1405:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1405:11 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:12 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:13 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:1A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
X1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13 and B1405:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the Driver side curtain airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to X2
For DTC B1405:11, GO to X8
For DTC B1405:12, GO to X10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side curtain airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to X15

X2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_11_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No GO to X3

X3 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_11_R PID, carry out the harness test of the driver side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to X4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to X6

X4 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:1A to B1405:13?
Yes GO to X11
No GO to X5

X5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3321-1   C3321-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X6 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-13   C3321-1
      C310B-14   C3321-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to X7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X7 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3321-1   C3321-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side curtain airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:13 to B1405:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to X11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to X12

X8 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:11 to B1405:13?
Yes GO to X11
No GO to X9

X9 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3321-1   Ground
      C3321-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3321-1   Ground
      C3321-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No GO to X12

X11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver side curtain airbag.
REFER to: Side Curtain Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to X17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to X15

X12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to X17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to X15

X13 CHECK THE DRIVER CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_11_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X14 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16

X15 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16

X16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X17

X17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Y : B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13, B1407:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13 or B1407:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1407:11 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:12 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:13 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:1A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger side airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Y1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13 and B1407:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Y2
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Y8
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Y10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Y15

Y2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_13_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No GO to Y3

Y3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_13_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger side airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to Y4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to Y6

Y4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:1A to B1407:13?
Yes GO to Y11
No GO to Y5

Y5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3308-1   C3308-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-37   C3308-1
      C310B-38   C3308-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Y7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3308-1   C3308-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:13 to B1407:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Y11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Y12

Y8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:11 to B1407:13?
Yes GO to Y11
No GO to Y9

Y9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3308-1   Ground
      C3308-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3308-1   Ground
      C3308-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No GO to Y12

Y11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C3308 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the driver seat backrest harness for damage.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new passenger side airbag.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Y17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Y15

Y12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Y17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Y15

Y13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_13_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16

Y15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16

Y16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C3308 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y17

Y17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Z : B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13, B1408:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger side curtain airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger side curtain airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13 or B1408:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1408:11 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:12 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:13 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:1A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Z1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13 and B1408:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side curtain airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to Z2
For DTC B1408:11, GO to Z8
For DTC B1408:12, GO to Z10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side curtain airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to Z15

Z2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_14_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No GO to Z3

Z3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_14_R PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to Z4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to Z6

Z4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:1A to B1408:13?
Yes GO to Z11
No GO to Z5

Z5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3329-1   C3329-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-16   C3329-1
      C310B-15   C3329-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Z7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3329-1   C3329-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side curtain airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:13 to B1408:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Z11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Z12

Z8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:11 to B1408:13?
Yes GO to Z11
No GO to Z9

Z9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3329-1   Ground
      C3329-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3329-1   Ground
      C3329-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No GO to Z12

Z11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger side air curtain.
REFER to: Side Curtain Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Z17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to Z15

Z12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Z17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to Z15

Z13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_14_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16

Z15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16

Z16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z17

Z17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AA : B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13, B140C:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted second row left seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 or B140C:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140C:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:1D Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged rear seatbelt buckle assembly.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AA1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 and B140C:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140C:11 or B140C:1D, GO to AA2
For DTC B140C:12, GO to AA4
For DTC B140C:13, GO to AA5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AA10

AA2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row left seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140C:11 or B140C:1D to B140C:13?
Yes GO to AA8
No For DTC B140C:11, GO to AA3
For DTC B140C:1D, GO to AA9

AA3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3802-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AA9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA11

AA4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3802-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA11
No GO to AA9

AA5 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3802-1   C3802-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row left seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140C:13 to B140C:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AA8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AA6

AA6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-57   C3802-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AA7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA11

AA7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3802-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AA9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA11

AA8 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new rear seatbelt buckle assembly (includes second row left seatbelt buckle and sensor).
REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AA11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA10

AA9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AA11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA10

AA10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 and B140C:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140C:11 or B140C:1D, GO to AA2
For DTC B140C:12, GO to AA4
For DTC B140C:13, GO to AA5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA11

AA11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AB : B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13, B140D:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 or B140D:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140D:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:1D Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged second row passenger side seatbelt buckle.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AB1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 and B140D:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140D:11 or B140D:1D, GO to AB2
For DTC B140D:12, GO to AB4
For DTC B140D:13, GO to AB5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AB10

AB2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140D:11 or B140D:1D to B140D:13?
Yes GO to AB8
No For DTC B140D:11, GO to AB3
For DTC B140D:1D, GO to AB9

AB3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3804-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AB9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11

AB4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3804-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11
No GO to AB9

AB5 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3804-1   C3804-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140D:13 to B140D:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AB8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AB6

AB6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-56   C3804-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AB7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11

AB7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3804-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AB9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11

AB8 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger side second row seatbelt buckle (includes buckle sensor).
REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AB11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB10

AB9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AB11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB10

AB10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 and B140D:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140D:11 or B140D:1D, GO to AB2
For DTC B140D:12, GO to AB4
For DTC B140D:13, GO to AB5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB11

AB11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AC : B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13, B140E:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13 or B140E:1D in memory. A faulted third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor or a fault on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits does not illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140E:11 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140E:12 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140E:13 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140E:1D Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged third row passenger side seatbelt buckle.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AC1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13 and B140E:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the third row LH seatbelt buckle sensor Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140E:11 or B140E:1D, GO to AC2
For DTC B140E:12, GO to AC4
For DTC B140E:13, GO to AC5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AC10

AC2 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140E:11 or B140E:1D to B140E:13?
Yes GO to AC8
No For DTC B140E:11, GO to AC3
For DTC B140E:1D, GO to AC9

AC3 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4539-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AC9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11

AC4 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4539-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11
No GO to AC9

AC5 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C4539-1   C4539-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140E:13 to B140E:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AC8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AC6

AC6 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-27   C4539-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AC7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11

AC7 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4539-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AC9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11

AC8 CONFIRM THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new third row driver side seatbelt buckle (includes buckle sensor)
REFER to: Third Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AC11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC10

AC9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AC11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC10

AC10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13 and B140E:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140E:11 or B140E:1D, GO to AC2
For DTC B140E:12, GO to AC4
For DTC B140E:13, GO to AC5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC11

AC11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AD : B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13, B140F:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13 or B140F:1D in memory. A faulted third row LH seatbelt buckle sensor or a fault on the third row LH seatbelt buckle sensor circuits does not illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140F:11 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140F:12 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140F:13 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140F:1D Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged third row passenger side seatbelt buckle.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AD1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13 and B140F:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140F:11 or B140F:1D, GO to AD2
For DTC B140F:12, GO to AD4
For DTC B140F:13, GO to AD5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AD10

AD2 CHECK THE THIRD ROW RH (RIGHT-HAND) SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140F:11 or B140F:1D to B140F:13?
Yes GO to AD8
No For DTC B140F:11, GO to AD3
For DTC B140F:1D, GO to AD9

AD3 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4540-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AD9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD4 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4540-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11
No GO to AD9

AD5 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C4540-1   C4540-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the third row RH seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140F:13 to B140F:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AD8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AD6

AD6 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-59   C4540-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AD7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD7 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4540-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AD9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD8 CONFIRM THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new third row passenger side seatbelt buckle (includes buckle sensor)
REFER to: Third Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AD11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD10

AD9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AD11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD10

AD10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13 and B140F:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140F:11 or B140F:1D, GO to AD2
For DTC B140F:12, GO to AD4
For DTC B140F:13, GO to AD5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD11

AD11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AE : B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13, B1410:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13 or B1410:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1410:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:1A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AE1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13 and B1410:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AE2
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AE8
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AE10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AE13
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AE14
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AE15

AE2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_22_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to AE12
No GO to AE3

AE3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_22_R PID, carry out the harness test of the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to AE4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to AE6

AE4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1410:1A to B1410:13?
Yes GO to AE11
No GO to AE5

AE5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3646-1   C3646-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AE12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17

AE6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B . Disconnect
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-26   C3646-1
      C310B-25   C3646-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AE7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17

AE7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3646-1   C3646-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1410:13 to B1410:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AE11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AE12

AE8 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1410:11 to B1410:13?
Yes GO to AE11
No GO to AE9

AE9 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3646-1   Ground
      C3646-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AE12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17

AE10 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3646-1   Ground
      C3646-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17
No GO to AE12

AE11 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner.
REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AE17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AE13
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AE14
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AE15

AE12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting al previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AE17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AE13
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AE14
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AE15

AE13 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_22_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17

AE14 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1410:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE16

AE15 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1410:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE16

AE16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE17

AE17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AF : B1412:11, B1412:12, B1412:13, B1412:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM continuously monitors the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1412:11, B1412:12, B1412:13 or B1412:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1412:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1412:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1412:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1412:1A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AF1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1412:11, B1412:12, B1412:13 and B1412:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AF2
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AF8
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AF10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AF13
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AF14
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AF15

AF2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_28_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • Monitor and record the resistance value displayed by the DEPLOY_28_R PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to AF12
No GO to AF3

AF3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_28_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_28_R PID, carry out the harness test of the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to AF4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to AF6

AF4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1412:1A to B1412:13?
Yes GO to AF11
No GO to AF5

AF5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3647-1   C3647-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AF12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-19   C3647-1
      C310B-20   C3647-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AF7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3647-1   C3647-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1412:13 to B1412:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AF11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AF12

AF8 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1412:11 to B1412:13?
Yes GO to AF11
No GO to AF9

AF9 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3647-1   Ground
      C3647-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AF12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF10 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3647-1   Ground
      C3647-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No GO to AF12

AF11 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner.
REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AF17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AF13
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AF14
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AF15

AF12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AF17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1412:13 or B1412:1A, GO to AF13
For DTC B1412:11, GO to AF14
For DTC B1412:12, GO to AF15

AF13 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_28_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view RCM Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • While monitoring the DEPLOY_28_R PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF14 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1412:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF16

AF15 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1412:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF16

AF16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Second Row Passenger Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3647 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AF17

AF17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AG : B1413:11, B1413:12, B1413:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the driver front impact severity sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver front impact severity sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1413:11, B1413:12 or B1413:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1413:11 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1413:12 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to battery on the driver front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1413:13 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open driver front impact severity sensor feed circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver front impact severity sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged driver front impact severity sensor.
  • Inspect the driver front impact severity sensor mounting and orientation.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AG1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1413:11, B1413:12 or B1413:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1413:11, GO to AG2
For DTC B1413:12 or B1413:13, GO to AG5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AG10

AG2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C1465 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1413:11 to B1413:13?
Yes INSTALL a new driver front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AG11
No GO to AG3

AG3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C1465-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AG4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG11

AG4 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C1465-1   C1465-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AG9
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG11

AG5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor electrical connector C1465 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1413:12 or B1413:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes For DTC B1413:12, GO to AG6
For DTC B1413:13, GO to AG7
No The fault has been corrected. GO to AG11

AG6 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C1465 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C1465-1   Ground
      C1465-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG11
No GO to AG8

AG7 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C1465 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-18   C1465-1
      C310A-17   C1465-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AG8
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AG11

AG8 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • If not already directed to do so, depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire as shown:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C1465-1   C1465-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1413:12 or B1413:13 to B1413:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new driver front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AG11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AG9

AG9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C1465 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AG11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AG10

AG10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Front Impact Severity Sensor C1465 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s)/connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1413:11, B1413:12 or B1413:13 retrieved on-demand during the self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1413:11, GO to AG2
For DTC B1413:12 or B1413:13, GO to AG5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AG11

AG11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AH : IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL FAULTS

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1413:81 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver Side front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1413:96 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver Side front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1414:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver door side impact sensor.
RCM B1414:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver door side impact sensor.
RCM B1415:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver Side C-pillar side impact sensor.
RCM B1415:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Driver Side C-pillar side impact sensor.
RCM B1417:81 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Side front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1417:96 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Side front impact severity sensor.
RCM B1418:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Door side impact sensor.
RCM B1418:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Door side impact sensor.
RCM B1419:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Side C-pillar side impact sensor.
RCM B1419:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Component Internal Failure This DTC sets due to a fault with the Passenger Side C-pillar side impact sensor.

Possible Sources

  • Impact sensor
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AH1 REPAIR THE IMPACT SENSOR
  • REPLACE the suspect impact sensor.
    Component Procedure
    Driver front impact severity sensor  
    REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    Driver front door side impact sensor  
    REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    Driver C-pillar side impact sensor  
    REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    Passenger front impact severity sensor  
    REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    Passenger front door side impact sensor  
    REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    Passenger C-pillar side impact sensors  
    REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AH2
No The system is operating correctly at this time. GO to AH2

AH2 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AI : B1414:11, B1414:12, B1414:13, B1419:11, B1419:12, B1419:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the driver front door side impact sensor and passenger C-pillar side impact sensors and circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver front door side impact sensor
  • Faulted passenger C-pillar side impact sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1414:11, B1414:12, B1414:13, B1419:11, B1419:12 or B1419:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

  • A short to ground on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1414:11 and B1419:11.
  • A short to voltage on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1414:12 and B1419:12.
  • A CMDTC for circuit short to battery (failure type: 12) can be set by a short to voltage on the return circuit of the impact sensor.
  • When the feed circuit of either impact sensor is shorted to voltage, an invalid data received fault (failure type :81) may also be present for both sensors.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1414:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted driver front door side impact sensor, a shorted passenger C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the driver front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1414:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver front door side impact sensor feed or return circuits or a short to voltage on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed or return circuits.
RCM B1414:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open driver front door side impact sensor circuit.
RCM B1419:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted driver front door side impact sensor, a shorted passenger C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the driver front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1419:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver front door side impact sensor feed or return circuits or a short to voltage on the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor feed or return circuits.
RCM B1419:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open passenger C-pillar side impact sensor circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver front door side impact sensor
  • Passenger C-pillar side impact sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AI1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1414:11 or B1419:11, GO to AI2
For DTC B1414:12 or B1419:12, GO to AI6
For DTC B1414:13, GO to AI8
For DTC B1419:13, GO to AI11
No The fault is intermittent when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AI15

AI2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) change from B1414:11 to B1414:13?
Yes INSTALL a new driver door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AI16
No GO to AI3

AI3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Disconnect Passenger C-pillar Side Impact Sensor C3212 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1419:11 to B1419:13?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AI16
No GO to AI4

AI4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C567-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C567-1   C567-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AI5
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AI16

AI5 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3212-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3212-1   C3212-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AI14
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AI16

AI6 CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C567-1   Ground
      C567-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AI16
No GO to AI7

AI7 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3212 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3212-1   Ground
    C3212-2.   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AI16
No GO to AI14

AI8 CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the driver door side impact sensor and inspect C567 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1414:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AI9
No The fault is corrected. GO to AI16

AI9 CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Front Door Side Impact Sensor C567 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-43   C567-1
      C310B-44   C567-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AI10
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AI16

AI10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C567-1   C567-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1414:13 to B1414:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new driver front door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AI16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AI14

AI11 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger C-pillar side impact sensor and inspect C3212 to be fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to be fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1419:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AI12
No The fault is corrected. GO to AI16

AI12 CHECK THE PASSENGER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3212 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-31   C3212-1
      C310B-32   C3212-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AI13
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AI16

AI13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3212-1   C3212-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1419:13 to B1414:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new passenger C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AI16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AI14

AI14 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3212 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AI16
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AI15

AI15 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Door Side Impact Sensor C567 and Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3212 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Front Door Side Impact Sensor C567 and Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3212 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1414:11 or B1419:11, GO to AI2
For DTC B1414:12 or B1419:12, GO to AI6
For DTC B1414:13, GO to AI8
For DTC B1419:13, GO to AI11
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AI16

AI16 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AJ : B1415:11, B1415:12, B1415:13, B1418:11, B1418:12, B1418:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the passenger front door side impact sensor and driver C-pillar side impact sensors and circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger front door side impact sensor
  • Faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1415:11, B1415:12, B1415:13, B1418:11, B1418:12 or B1418:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

  • A short to ground on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1415:11 and B1418:11.
  • A short to voltage on either impact sensor feed circuit sets DTC B1415:12 and B1418:12.
  • A CMDTC for circuit short to battery (failure type: 12) can be set by a short to voltage on the return circuit of the impact sensor.
  • When the feed circuit of either impact sensor is shorted to voltage, an invalid data received fault (failure type :81) may also be present for both sensors.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1415:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted passenger front door side impact sensor, a shorted driver C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the passenger front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the driver C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1415:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor, or a short to voltage on the feed or return circuit of the driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor.
RCM B1415:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor or an open on the driver C-pillar side impact sensor circuits.
RCM B1418:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a shorted passenger front door side impact sensor, a shorted driver C-pillar side impact sensor, a short to ground on the passenger front door side impact sensor feed circuit or a short to ground on the driver C-pillar side impact sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1418:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor, or a short to voltage on the feed or return circuit of the driver C-pillar side impact sensor or passenger front door side impact sensor.
RCM B1418:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a faulted passenger front door side impact sensor or an open on the passenger front door side impact sensor circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger front door side impact sensor
  • Driver C-pillar side impact sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AJ1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1415:11 or B1418:11, GO to AJ2
For DTC B1415:12 or B1418:12, GO to AJ6
For DTC B1415:13, GO to AJ8
For DTC B1418:13, GO to AJ11
No The fault is intermittent when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AJ15

AJ2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) change from B1418:11 to B1418:13?
Yes INSTALL a new driver C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ3

AJ3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1418:11 to B1418:13?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger front door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ4

AJ4 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3210-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3210-1   C3210-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AJ5
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ5 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND SHORT BETWEEN SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C644-1   Ground
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C644-1   C644-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AJ14
No REPAIR the affected circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ6 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3210-1   Ground
      C3210-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ7

AJ7 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C644-1   Ground
      C644-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16
No GO to AJ14

AJ8 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the driver C-pillar side impact sensor and inspect C3210 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1415:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AJ9
No The fault is corrected. GO to AJ16

AJ9 CHECK THE DRIVER C-PILLAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-34   C3210-1
      C310B-33   C3210-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AJ10
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 2 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3210-1   C3210-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1415:13 to B1418:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new driver C-pillar side impact sensor.
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AJ14

AJ11 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the passenger door side impact sensor and inspect C644 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1418:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to AJ12
No Fault corrected. GO to AJ16

AJ12 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT DOOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CIRCUIT OPEN)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-46   C644-1
      C310B-45   C644-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AJ13
No REPAIR the affected circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AJ16

AJ13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE RESTRAINTS SENSOR 1 DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT OPEN)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C644-1   C644-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the DTC change from B1418:13 to B1418:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new passenger front door side impact sensor.
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AJ14

AJ14 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Connect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AJ16
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AJ15

AJ15 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 and Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
      REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor C3210 and Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor C644 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1415:11, B1415:12, B1415:13, B1418:11, B1418:12 or B1418:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault(s) cannot be cleared until corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1415:11 or B1418:11, GO to AJ2
For DTC B1415:12 or B1418:12, GO to AJ6
For DTC B1415:13, GO to AJ8
For DTC B1418:13, GO to AJ11
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AJ16

AJ16 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AK : B1417:11, B1417:12, B1417:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors the passenger front impact severity sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger front impact severity sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1417:11, B1417:12 or B1417:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1417:11 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1417:12 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to battery on the passenger front impact severity sensor feed circuit.
RCM B1417:13 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open passenger front impact severity sensor feed circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger front impact severity sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged passenger front impact severity sensor.
  • Inspect the passenger front impact severity sensor mounting and orientation.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AK1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1417:11, B1417:12 or B1417:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1417:11, GO to AK2
For DTC B1417:12 or B1417:13, GO to AK5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AK10

AK2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C1466 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1417:11 to B1417:13?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK11
No GO to AK3

AK3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C1466-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AK4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK11

AK4 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C1466-1   C1466-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AK9
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK11

AK5 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR AND RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONNECTIONS (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor electrical connector C1466 to make sure it is fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector as necessary.
  • Gain access to the RCM and inspect C310A and C310B to make sure they are fully seated and locked. Seat and lock the connector(s) as necessary.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1417:12 or B1417:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes For DTC B1417:12, GO to AK6
For DTC B1417:13, GO to AK7
No The fault has been corrected. GO to AK11

AK6 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR FEED CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C1466 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C1466-1   Ground
      C1466-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK11
No GO to AK8

AK7 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C1466 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-15   C1466-1
      C310A-16   C1466-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AK8
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AK11

AK8 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY OR CIRCUIT OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • If not already directed to do so, depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire as shown:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C1466-1   C1466-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1417:12 or B1417:13 to B1417:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new passenger front impact severity sensor.
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AK9

AK9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C1466 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AK11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AK10

AK10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C1466 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Inspect:
    • harness and component connectors for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s)/connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1417:11, B1417:12 or B1417:13 retrieved on-demand during the self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B1417:11, GO to AK2
For DTC B1417:12 or B1417:13, GO to AK5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AK11

AK11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AL : BXXXX:2B (ANY BXXXX DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) WITH A 2B FAILURE TYPE) SIGNAL CROSS COUPLED

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors all deployable device and sensor circuits for a signal cross coupled (short) between components. Signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are present when one or both circuits of a component are shorted to one or both circuits of another component. Signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) do not set when the circuits of a single device are shorted together, a different DTC is present (for example, a DTC for circuit resistance below threshold). The RCM sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator. When a normal loop fault is present (one loop is either shorted to battery/ground, open circuit or low resistance), then signal cross coupled diagnostics are not active. Once the normal loop fault is repaired, the signal cross coupled diagnostics resume.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0001:2B Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver airbag stage 1 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0002:2B Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver airbag stage 2 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0004:2B Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver knee airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0010:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0011:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0013:2B Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger knee airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0050:2B Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0052:2B Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0054:2B Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the rear center seatbelt buckle switch circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0070:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0072:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B007E:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B007F:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B0082:2B Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B00B5:2B Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver seat track position sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B00C5:2B Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger seat track position sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B11CF:2B Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger airbag canister vent circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1404:2B Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver side airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1405:2B Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the driver side curtain airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1407:2B Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger side airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1408:2B Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the passenger side curtain airbag circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140C:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140D:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140E:2B Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B140F:2B Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1410:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.
RCM B1412:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Signal Cross-Coupled If the RCM detects a short between the second row passenger side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and the circuits of another SRS component, it sets this DTC and the DTC of the corresponding SRS component.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect the affected wiring harness(es) for damage, if accessible.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AL1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 are not retrieved on-demand, GO to AL2
No If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand as well, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 are not retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE the signal cross-coupled Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AL4

AL2 CHECK THE AFFECTED CIRCUITS FOR A SIGNAL CROSS COUPLED FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Using the signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present on-demand, identify the affected SRS devices.
  • NOTE: Most signal cross coupled faults are due to connector and/or wiring harness damage. Carry out a thorough inspection of connector(s) and/or wiring harness for damage. Disconnect all of the affected SRS devices.
  • Using the following table, measure the resistance between the circuits of one affected SRS device to the other affected SRS device.
    • Example: If Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) B0001:2B and B0002:2B are being diagnosed, measure the resistance between circuit CR101 to circuits CR102 and RR102. Then measure the resistance between circuit RR101 to circuits CR102 and RR102.
    Device/Loop (DTC) Connector
    Driver airbag stage 1 (B0001:2B)
    • C216A-1
    • C216A-2
    Driver airbag stage 2 (B0002:2B)
    • C216B-1
    • C216B-2
    Driver knee airbag (B0004:2B)
    • C2432-1
    • C2432-2
    Passenger airbag stage 1 (B0010:2B)
    • C256A-1
    • C256A-2
    Passenger airbag stage 2 (B0011:2B)
    • C256B-1
    • C256B-2
    Passenger knee airbag (B0013:2B)
    • C2433-1
    • C2433-2
    Driver seatbelt buckle (B0050:2B)
    • C3201-5
    Passenger seatbelt buckle (B0052:2B)
    • C3738-5
    Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor (B0054:2B)
    • C3559-1
    Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner (B0070:2B)
    • C3065-1
    • C3065-2
    Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B0072:2B)
    • C3066-1
    • C3066-2
    Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B007E:2B)
    • C323-1
    • C323-2
    Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B007F:2B)
    • C303-1
    • C303-2
    Passenger seatbelt adaptive load limiter (B0082:2B)
    • C3202-1
    • C3202-2
    Driver seat position sensor (B00B5:2B)
    • C356-2
    Passenger seat position sensor (B00C5:2B)
    • C3288-2
    Passenger airbag canister vent (B11CF:2B)
    • C256-1
    • C256-2
    Driver side airbag (B1404:2B)
    • C3333-1 (Inline)
    • C3333-2 (Inline)
    Driver side air curtain (B1405:2B)
    • C3321-1
    • C3321-2
    Passenger side airbag (B1407:2B)
    • C3308-1 (Inline)
    • C3308-2 (Inline)
    Passenger side air curtain (B1408:2B)
    • C3329-1
    • C3329-2
    Second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor (B140C:2B)
    • C3802-1
    Second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor (B140D:2B)
    • C3804-1
    Third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor (B140E:2B)
    • C4539-1
    Third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor (B140F:2B)
    • C4540-1
    Second row driver side seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B1410:2B)
    • C3646-1
    • C3646-2
    Second row passenger side seatbelt retractor pretensioner (B1412:2B)
    • C3647-1
    • C3647-2

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms between the affected circuits?
Yes GO to AL3
No REPAIR the affected circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AL5

AL3 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected restraint system component(s).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AL5
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AL4

AL4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT

NOTE: Most cross link faults are due to connector and/or wiring harness damage. Carry out a thorough inspection of connector(s) and/or wiring harness for damage.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect all of the affected SRS devices.
    Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect the wiring harness(es) for any type of damage. If damage is found, repair as necessary.
    Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any signal cross coupled Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test. GO to AL2
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AL5

AL5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AM : BXXXX:4A (ANY BXXXX DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) WITH A 4A FAILURE TYPE) INCORRECT COMPONENT INSTALLED

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM monitors all SRS device connections. If the RCM detects a connection or device connected that is not stored in memory or is not configured for the component, the RCM sets a DTC and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0001:4A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0002:4A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0004:4A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0010:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0011:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0013:4A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0050:4A Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0052:4A Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0054:4A Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0070:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0072:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B007E:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B007F:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B0082:4A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00A0:4A Occupant Classification System: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00B5:4A Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00C5:4A Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B00D5:4A Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B11CF:4A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1202:4A Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1404:4A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1405:4A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1407:4A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1408:4A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140C:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140D:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140E:4A Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B140F:4A Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1410:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1412:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1413:4A Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1414:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1415:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1417:4A Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1418:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1419:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1469:4A Unused Satellite Restraints Sensor 1: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B146A:4A Unused Satellite Restraints Sensor 2: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1534:4A Unused Deployable Device: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.
RCM B1535:4A Unused DC Sensor Device: Incorrect Component Installed This DTC sets if the RCM detects the device but it is not configured for this component.

Possible Sources

  • RCM not configured or configured incorrectly
  • Incorrect RCM installed
  • Incorrect impact sensor installed

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AM1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand as well, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
For all other incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), GO to AM2
No If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand as well, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BB
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 are not retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE the Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AM5

AM2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Ignition ON.
  • Check the vehicle repair history. Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the RCM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog and verify the correct RCM is installed in the vehicle.

Is the correct RCM installed?
Yes GO to AM3
No INSTALL the correct RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AM6

AM3 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONFIGURATION
  • Carry out PMI for the RCM. Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI. Refer to the scan tool instructions to carry out PMI.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were any incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes For DTC B1413:4A, B1414:4A, B1415:4A, B1416:4A, B1417:4A, B1418:4A, B1419:4A or B141A:4A GO to AM4
For all other incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AM6
No The fault is corrected. GO to AM6

AM4 VERIFY THE SUSPECT IMPACT SENSOR PART NUMBER
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Gain access to the suspect impact sensor(s) for which incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved. Refer to the table for the appropriate procedure(s).
      DTC Component Procedure
    B1413:4A Driver front impact severity sensor  
    REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1414:4A Driver front door side impact sensor  
    REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1415:4A Driver C-pillar side impact sensor  
    REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1417:4A Passenger front impact severity sensor  
    REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1418:4A Passenger front door side impact sensor  
    REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    B1419:4A Passenger C-pillar side impact sensors  
    REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Record the part number from each suspect impact sensor.
  • Check the part number(s) recorded against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog and verify that each suspect impact sensor installed in the vehicle is correct.

Do the part numbers of all suspect impact sensors match the part numbers listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AM6
No INSTALL the correct impact sensor(s) as necessary. For DTC B1413:4A or B1417:4A,
REFER to: Front Impact Severity Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
For DTC B1414:4A or B1418:4A,
REFER to: Front Door Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
For vehicles with DTC B1415:4A or B1419:4A,
REFER to: C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AM6

AM5 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Were any incorrect component installed Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AM6
No Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AM6

AM6 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No CLEAR all RCM Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs). PROVE OUT the SRS. The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AN : C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, C0065:68

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM provides the stability/traction control system with acceleration sensor data over the HS-CAN2. In addition to transmitting the data, the RCM monitors this data internally to make sure that the data is within an expected range.

If the data is outside of the expected range and a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, and/or C0065:68 in memory. However, the RCM does not request that the IPC illuminate the airbag warning indicator when these faults are present.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM C0061:68 Lateral Acceleration Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the lateral acceleration sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM.
RCM C0062:68 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the longitudinal acceleration sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM.
RCM C0063:68 Yaw Rate Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the yaw rate sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM.
RCM C0064:68 Roll Rate Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the roll rate sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM.
RCM C0065:68 Vertical Acceleration Sensor: Event Information A fault is indicated when the vertical acceleration sensor is transmitting data that is outside of the range expected by the RCM.

Possible Sources

  • Aggressive driving conditions or rough roads
  • RCM mounting
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AN1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, or C0065:68 the only Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). GO to AN2
No DIAGNOSE all other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. REFER to the RCM DTC Chart in this section.

AN2 CHECK FOR A RETURNING FAULT
  • Test drive the vehicle. Choose a route with LH and RH turns. Avoid rough roads and do not drive the vehicle aggressively.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Were Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) C0061:68, C0062:68, C0063:68, C0064:68, or C0065:68 the only RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes GO to AN3
No If no RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may have been triggered by aggressive driving or rough road conditions. INFORM the customer that aggressive driving conditions or rough road conditions can set these Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). RETURN the vehicle to the customer.
If any other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the RCM DTC Chart in this section.

AN3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) INSTALLATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Inspect the RCM installation and make sure that the hardware is fully seated and tightened correctly.
    REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Inspect the RCM mounting surface for damage, corrosion, or foreign materials.

Is the RCM mounted correctly and is the mounting surface clean and free from damage?
Yes GO to AN4
No REPAIR the mounting or INSTALL new hardware, as necessary. GO to AN6

AN4 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AN6
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AN5

AN5 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
  • Inspect wire harnesses for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AN6
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AN6

AN6 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No CLEAR all RCM and OCSM Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs). PROVE OUT the SRS. The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AO : U0028:08, U0028:88, U2101:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0028:08 Vehicle Communication Bus A: Bus Signal/Message Failures This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM CAN.
RCM U0028:88 Vehicle Communication Bus A: Bus Off This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM CAN.
RCM U2101:00 Control Module Configuration Incompatible: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.

Possible Sources

  • Incomplete or improper PMI
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AO1 CARRY OUT PMI (PROGRAMMABLE MODULE INSTALLATION)
  • CARRY OUT PMI using As-Built data.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new RCM. Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI for this DTC
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST AP : U0100:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the PCM sent on the HS-CAN.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0100:00 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM "A": No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the PCM.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • PCM
  • RCM
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
AP1 VERIFY DIAGNOSTIC SCAN TOOL COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Connect the diagnostic scan tool.
  • Check that a vehicle session can be established using the diagnostic scan tool.

Can a vehicle session be established?
Yes GO to AP2
No To diagnose no communication with the PCM,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AP2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0100:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AP3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AP3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE) KOEO (KEY ON, ENGINE OFF) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform PCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the PCM KOEO self-test.

Is PCM DTC P0562 or P0563 recorded?
Yes DIAGNOSE the PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No GO to AP4

AP4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to AP5

AP5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0100:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES OTHER THAN THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0100:00 set in the ABS module?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern,
   Click here to access Guided Routine (PCM). Internet Explorer version 11 or greater is required to perform this Pinpoint Test.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AQ : U0140:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the BCM sent on the HS-CAN2.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0140:00 Lost Communication With Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BCM.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • BCM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AQ1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the BCM pass the network test?
Yes GO to AQ2
No To diagnose no communication with the BCM,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AQ2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0140:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AQ3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AQ3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to AQ4

AQ4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the BCM self-test.

Is BCM DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing).
No GO to AQ5

AQ5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0140:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0140:00 set in the ABS Module or in the IPC?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AR : U0146:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the GWM sent on the HS-CAN2.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0146:00 Lost Communication With Serial Data Gateway "A": No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the GWM.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • GWM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AR1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the GWM pass the network test?
Yes GO to AR2
No To diagnose no communication with the GWM,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AR2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0146:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AR3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AR3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to AR4

AR4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE GWM (GATEWAY MODULE A) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform GWM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the GWM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new GWM.
REFER to: Gateway Module A (GWM) (418-00 Module Communications Network, Removal and Installation). REPEAT the RCM self-test. If DTC U0146:00 returns, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AS : U0154:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the OCSM sent on the HS-CAN2.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0154:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Occupant Classification System Module "A": No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the OCSM.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • OCSM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AS1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the OCSM pass the network test?
Yes GO to AS2
No To diagnose no communication with the OCSM,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AS2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0154:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AS3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AS3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to AS4

AS4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
REPEAT the RCM self-test. If DTC U0154:00 returns, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AT : U0253:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM uses information contained in messages from the APIM sent on the HS-CAN2.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0253:00 Lost Communication With Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the APIM.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • APIM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AT1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the APIM pass the network test?
Yes GO to AT2
No To diagnose no communication with the APIM,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

AT2 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0253:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to AT3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

AT3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to AT4

AT4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE APIM (SYNC MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform APIM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the APIM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes REFER to the appropriate section to DIAGNOSE the battery voltage Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Refer to the appropriate section in Group 415 for the procedure.
No GO to AT5

AT5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0253:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0253:00 set in the ACM?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new APIM. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 415 for the procedure.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST AU : INVALID DATA CONCERNS

NOTE: This DTC sets in a module that is reporting a missing or invalid message from another module on the data bus. The module that reports the fault is not the problem module. Do not install a new RCM as part of the repair unless directed to do so in a pinpoint test.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM receives a configuration data message from the BCM when the RCM proves out during the very first ignition cycle after it is installed. During prove-out at the beginning of each subsequent ignition cycle, the BCM sends configuration data to the RCM and the RCM compares the message to the message that was received during the very first ignition cycle.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the PCM.
RCM U0401:81 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the PCM
RCM U0422:00 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BCM.
RCM U0422:81 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module: Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the BCM.
RCM U0455:81 Invalid Data Received From Restraints Occupant Classification System Module "A": Invalid Serial Data Received This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the OCSM.
RCM U0554:00 Invalid Data Received From Accessory Protocol Interface Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the APIM
RCM U0557:82 Invalid Data Received From Front Controls Interface Module "A": Alive/Sequence Counter Incorrect/Not Updated This DTC sets if the RCM does not receive an expected message from the FCIM

Possible Sources

  • APIM
  • BCM
  • PCM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AU1 RETRIEVE ALL CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS) IN ALL MODULES

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, retrieve ALL Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
  • Record the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved.

Are any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) other than the RCM invalid Data Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes For BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing). For PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
For APIM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
REFER to: Information and Entertainment System (415-00 Information and Entertainment System - General Information, Diagnosis and Testing). For other RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the RCM DTC Chart in this section.
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST AV : B142D:00, U0300:00, U2024:57, U2200:00, U3000:04, U3000:46, U3000:49

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B142D:00 Pyrotechnic End of Life Activation Performed: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.
RCM U0300:00 Internal Control Module Software Incompatibility: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.
RCM U2200:00 Control Module Configuration Memory Corrupt: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.
RCM U2024:57 Control Module Cal-Config Data: Invalid/Incompatible Software Component This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.
RCM U3000:04 Control Module: System Internal Failures This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.
RCM U3000:46 Control Module: Calibration/Parameter Memory Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.
RCM U3000:49 Control Module: Internal Electronic Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the RCM.

Possible Sources

  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AV1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes For DTC U2200:00, INSTALL a new RCM and CARRY OUT PMI. Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI for this DTC.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For DTC B142D:00, U0300:00, U3000:46 or U3000:49, INSTALL a new RCM and CARRY OUT PMI.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST AW : B1492:68

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

This DTC is set when a fuel cutoff event has occurred and cutoff was requested by the RCM via the ENS (Event Notification System) and/or HS-CAN. Fault is cleared when an EventComplete message is received from the PCM.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1492:68 Fuel Cutoff Event: Event Information This DTC sets when the RCM has requested a fuel shutoff event and has not received an Event Complete message from the PCM.

Possible Sources

  • A crash has occurred
  • Fuel system damage
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AW1 RESET THE ENS (EVENT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM)
  • Inspect the fuel system for damage.
  • Ignition OFF. NOTE: Use the following steps to reset the ENS (Event Notification System). The steps must be completed within 5 seconds.
  • Ignition ON.
    • Wait 10 seconds
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
    • Wait 10 seconds

Were any fuel system concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary. GO to AW2
No GO to AW2

AW2 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AX : B14ED:11, B14ED:12, B14ED:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM transmits an event notification signal which communicates crash status and SRS deployment status to the door control modules. When the door latch control modules receive an event notification signal which indicates a crash, they enter a crash unlock mode that allows the doors to unlatch from the inside or outside door latch release switches after approximately 10 seconds.

The RCM monitors the event notification signal circuit for the following faults:

  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Open circuit

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B14ED:11, B14ED:12 or B14ED:13 in memory. The airbag warning indicator does not illuminate if B14ED:11, B14ED:12 or B14ED:13 is set. If DCME or DCMF sets DTC B1262:92, diagnose the RCM faults.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
DCME B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation This DTC sets when the DCME senses a fault on the event notification signal circuit 2.
DCMF B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation This DTC sets when the DCMF senses a fault on the event notification signal circuit 2.
RCM B14ED:11 Restraint Event Notification 2: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B14ED:12 Restraint Event Notification 2: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B14ED:13 Restraint Event Notification 2: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • DCME
  • DCMF
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AX1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14ED:11, B14ED:12 or B14ED:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B14ED:11, GO to AX6
For DTC B14ED:12, GO to AX3
For DTC B14ED:13, GO to AX9
No GO to AX2

AX2 CONFIRM DCME (DOOR CONTROL MODULE E) OR DCMF (DOOR CONTROL MODULE F) FAULT
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was RCM DTC B14ED:11, B14ED:12 or B14ED:13 retrieved as a CMDTC?
Yes This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AX13
No If DCME set DTC B1262:92, INSTALL a new DCME,
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14
If DCMF set DTC B1262:92, INSTALL a new DCMF,
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14

AX3 ISOLATE THE DCME (DOOR CONTROL MODULE E) WHILE CHECKING FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Left Front Door Control Module C525
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14ED:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AX4
No INSTALL a new driver front door latch.
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14

AX4 ISOLATE THE DCMF (DOOR CONTROL MODULE F) WHILE CHECKING FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Right Front Door Control Module C609
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When a self-test is carried out while both front door control modules are disconnected, an open fault (failure type :13) is normally retrieved for the Event Notification Signal circuit. Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14ED:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AX5
No INSTALL a new passenger front door latch.
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14

AX5 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-20   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AX14
No GO to AX12

AX6 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect Right Front Door Control Module C609
  • Disconnect Left Front Door Control Module C525
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-20   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AX7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AX14

AX7 ISOLATE THE DCMF (DOOR CONTROL MODULE F)
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect Left Front Door Control Module C525.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCME self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14ED:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AX8
No INSTALL a new passenger front door latch.
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14

AX8 ISOLATE THE DCME (DOOR CONTROL MODULE E)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Left Front Door Control Module C525.
  • Connect Right Front Door Control Module C609.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCMF self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14ED:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AX12
No INSTALL a new driver front door latch.
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14

AX9 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Right Front Door Control Module C609.
  • Disconnect Left Front Door Control Module C525.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-20   C525-26
      C310A-20   C609-26

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AX10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AX14

AX10 ISOLATE THE DCMF (DOOR CONTROL MODULE F)
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect Left Front Door Control Module C525.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCME self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DCME DTC B1262:92 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AX11
No INSTALL a new passenger front door latch.
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14

AX11 ISOLATE THE DCME (DOOR CONTROL MODULE E)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Left Front Door Control Module C525.
  • Connect Right Front Door Control Module C609.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCMF self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DCMF DTC B1262:92 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AX12
No INSTALL a new driver front door latch.
REFER to: Front Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14

AX12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Left Front Door Control Module C525 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect Right Front Door Control Module C609 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B (if not previously disconnected).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • If previously disconnected, connect Left Front Door Control Module C525.
  • If previously disconnected, connect Right Front Door Control Module C609.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AX14
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AX13

AX13 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Left Front Door Control Module C525 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect Right Front Door Control Module C609 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Left Front Door Control Module C525.
  • Connect Right Front Door Control Module C609.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14ED:11, B14ED:12 or B14ED:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B14ED:11, GO to AX6
For DTC B14ED:12, GO to AX3
For DTC B14ED:13, GO to AX9
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to AX14

AX14 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AY : B14EE:11, B14EE:12, B14EE:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM transmits an event notification signal which communicates crash status and SRS deployment status to the door control modules. When the door latch control modules receive an event notification signal which indicates a crash, they enter a crash unlock mode that allows the doors to unlatch from the inside or outside door latch release switches after approximately 10 seconds.

The RCM monitors the event notification signal circuit for the following faults:

  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Open circuit

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B14EE:11, B14EE:12 or B14EE:13 in memory. The airbag warning indicator does not illuminate if B14EE:11, B14EE:12 or B14EE:13 is set. If DCMG or DCMH sets DTC B1262:92, diagnose the RCM faults.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
DCMG B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation This DTC sets when the DCMG senses a fault on the event notification signal circuit 2.
DCMH B1262:92 Crash Input Mismatch - CAN Active, Hardware Inactive: Performance Or Incorrect Operation This DTC sets when the DCMH senses a fault on the event notification signal circuit 2.
RCM B14EE:11 Restraint Event Notification 3: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B14EE:12 Restraint Event Notification 3: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B14EE:13 Restraint Event Notification 3: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • DCMG
  • DCMH
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AY1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14EE:11, B14EE:12 or B14EE:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B14EE:11, GO to AY6
For DTC B14EE:12, GO to AY3
For DTC B14EE:13, GO to AY9
No GO to AY2

AY2 CONFIRM DCMG (DOOR CONTROL MODULE G) OR DCMH (DOOR CONTROL MODULE H) FAULT
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was RCM DTC B14ED:11, B14ED:12 or B14ED:13 retrieved as a CMDTC?
Yes This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AY13
No If DCME set DTC B1262:92, INSTALL a new DCME,
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14
If DCMF set DTC B1262:92, INSTALL a new DCMF,
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14

AY3 ISOLATE THE DCMG (DOOR CONTROL MODULE G) WHILE CHECKING FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14EE:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AY4
No INSTALL a new left rear door latch.
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14

AY4 ISOLATE THE DCMF (DOOR CONTROL MODULE F) WHILE CHECKING FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Right Rear Door Control Module C805.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When a self-test is carried out while both rear door control modules are disconnected, a short to ground or open fault (failure type :14) is normally retrieved for the Event Notification Signal 3 circuit. Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14EE:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AY5
No INSTALL a new right rear door latch.
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14

AY5 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-13   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AY14
No GO to AY12

AY6 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect Right Rear Door Control Module C805.
  • Disconnect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-13   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AY7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AY14

AY7 ISOLATE THE DCMH (DOOR CONTROL MODULE H)
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCMG self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14EE:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AY8
No INSTALL a new right rear door latch.
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14

AY8 ISOLATE THE DCMG (DOOR CONTROL MODULE G)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Connect Right Rear Door Control Module C805.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCMHself-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14EE:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AY12
No INSTALL a new left rear door latch.
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14

AY9 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL 3 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Right Rear Door Control Module C805.
  • Disconnect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-13   C705-26
      C310A-13   C805-26

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AY10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AY14

AY10 ISOLATE THE DCMH (DOOR CONTROL MODULE H)
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCMG self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DCMG DTC B1262:92 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AY11
No INSTALL a new right rear door latch.
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14

AY11 ISOLATE THE DCMG (DOOR CONTROL MODULE G)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Connect Right Rear Door Control Module C805.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the DCMH self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DCMH DTC B1262:92 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to AY12
No INSTALL a new left rear door latch.
REFER to: Rear Door Latch (501-14 Handles, Locks, Latches and Entry Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14

AY12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Left Rear Door Control Module C705 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect Right Rear Door Control Module C805 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B (if not previously disconnected).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • Connect Right Rear Door Control Module C805.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AY14
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AY13

AY13 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Left Rear Door Control Module C705 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect Right Rear Door Control Module C805 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • If previously disconnected, connect Left Rear Door Control Module C705.
  • If previously disconnected, connect Right Rear Door Control Module C805.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B14EE:11, B14EE:12 or B14EE:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B14EE:11, GO to AY6
For DTC B14EE:12, GO to AY3
For DTC B14EE:13, GO to AY9
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to AY14

AY14 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AZ : U2100:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to incomplete or improper PMI.

Possible Sources

  • Incomplete or improper PMI
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AZ1 CARRY OUT PMI (PROGRAMMABLE MODULE INSTALLATION)
  • CHECK vehicle history for recent service actions related to the RCM.

Were there any recent service actions with the RCM?
Yes REPEAT the PMI procedure as directed by the diagnostic scan tool using As-Built data.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM. Use As-Built data when carrying out PMI.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BA : U2300:55, U2300:64

NOTE: DTC U2300:55 is set in every new RCM that has not previously been installed or that has previously been installed but has not yet successfully received configuration data messages from the BCM. DO NOT replace any components for this DTC unless directed to do so by the following pinpoint test.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The RCM receives a configuration data message from the BCM when the RCM proves out during the very first ignition cycle after it is installed. During prove-out at the beginning of each subsequent ignition cycle, the BCM sends configuration data to the RCM and the RCM compares the message to the message that was received during the very first ignition cycle.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U2300:55 Central Configuration: Not Configured This DTC is present in every new RCM. Once the new RCM is installed and it successfully receives a configuration data message from the BCM, this DTC reports as a CMDTC. If the RCM reports this DTC on-demand, it means that the configuration data message has not been received from the BCM.
RCM U2300:64 Central Configuration: Signal Plausibility Failure If the RCM receives a configuration data message that does not match the configuration data that was previously received and stored, it sets this DTC. This DTC can set on-demand during the RCM prove-out, but change to a CMDTC later on in the ignition cycle if the correct message is eventually received. If PMI has not been carried out for the BCM, this DTC sets.

Possible Sources

  • RCM or BCM configuration
  • BCM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BA1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Record the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved during the self-test.

Is DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 retrieved on-demand?
Yes GO to BA2
No If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 is retrieved as a CMDTC, CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the self-test.
If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 does not return, RELEASE the vehicle to the customer.
If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 returns on-demand, GO to BA2

BA2 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the BCM part number.
  • Check the recorded part number against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog.

Does the recorded part number match the number listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes GO to BA3
No CARRY OUT PMI for the BCM using As-Built data. GO to BA4

BA3 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the RCM part number.
  • Check the recorded part number against the number listed in the Ford parts catalog.

Does the recorded part number match the number listed in the Ford parts catalog?
Yes CARRY OUT PMI for the BCM using As-Built data. CLEAR the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the RCM self-test.
If DTC U2300:55 or U2300:64 are retrieved, CARRY OUT PMI for the RCM using As-Built data.
GO to BA4
No INSTALL the correct RCM and use As-Built data when carrying out PMI.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BA4

BA4 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) OR BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved from the RCM or BCM during self-test?
Yes If RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the RCM DTC Chart in this section.
If BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved, diagnose the BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Diagnosis and Testing).
No CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs). PROVE OUT the SRS. The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BB : U3003:16 AND U3003:17

NOTE: Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) U3003:16 and U3003:17 can be set if the vehicle has been recently jump started, the battery has been recently charged or the battery has been discharged. The battery may become discharged due to excessive load(s) on the charging system from aftermarket accessories or if the battery has been left unattended with the accessories on.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

RCM

The RCM continuously monitors the input voltage for correct operation. If the RCM detects input voltage below 9.0 volts while a fault is present, or below 6.0 volts, whether or not a fault is present, it stores DTC U3003:16 in memory. If the RCM detects input voltage above 16 volts while a fault is present, or above 18 volts, regardless of fault status, it stores DTC U3003:17 in memory. If the RCM sets DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17, it sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

OCSM

The OCSM continuously monitors the input voltage for correct operation. If the OCSM detects input voltage below 8 volts, it stores DTC U3003:16 in memory. If the OCSM detects input voltage above 18 volts, it stores DTC U3003:17 in memory. If the OCSM sets DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17, it sends a fault message to the RCM. The RCM then sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold This DTC sets if the RCM detects voltage below 9 volts with a SRS fault or below 6 volts, whether or not a SRS fault exists.
RCM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold This DTC sets if the RCM detects voltage above 16 volts with a SRS fault or above 18 volts without a SRS fault.
OCSM U3003:16 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Below Threshold This DTC sets if the OCSM detects voltage below 8 volts.
OCSM U3003:17 Battery Voltage: Circuit Voltage Above Threshold This DTC sets if the OCSM detects voltage above 18 volts.

Possible Sources

  • Charging system concern
  • OCSM
  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BB1 RETRIEVE ALL CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS) IN ALL MODULES

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, retrieve ALL Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

Is DTC B1317, B1318, U3003:16 or U3003:17 present in one or more modules AND are any charging system Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present in the PCM?
Yes DIAGNOSE the charging system. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 414 for the procedure.
No GO to BB2

BB2 CHECK FOR BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Review the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) recorded in the previous step.

Were any BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved and recorded?
Yes DIAGNOSE the BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the BCM DTC Chart in this section.
No GO to BB3

BB3 TEST BATTERY CONDITION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Carry out the Battery Condition Test.
    REFER to: Battery (414-01 Battery, Mounting and Cables, Diagnosis and Testing).

Did the battery pass the condition test?
Yes If the battery passed the condition test but required a recharge, DIAGNOSE the charging system. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 414 for the procedure. CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
If the battery passed the condition test and did not require a recharge, GO to BB4
No INSTALL a new battery.
REFER to: Battery (414-01 Battery, Mounting and Cables, Removal and Installation).
CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

BB4 CHECK THE CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE
  • Start the engine.
  • For DTC U3003:17, turn off all accessories while measuring the battery voltage.
  • For DTC U3003:16, turn on headlights and HVAC fan on high while measuring the battery voltage.
  • With the engine still running at idle, measure and record:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead

Is the voltage between 13 and 15.2 volts?
Yes For DTC U3003:16, GO to BB5
For DTC U3003:17, GO to BB7
No DIAGNOSE the charging system. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 414 for the procedure. CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

BB5 CHECK FOR HIGH RESISTANCE IN THE IGNITION CIRCUIT TO THE MODULE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS. Refer to
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280B and C2280E .
  • Disconnect the module with the concern:
    • For the RCM, disconnect C310A and C310B
    • For the OCSM, disconnect C3285.
  • For the RCM, measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-19   C2280B-42
  • For the OCSM, measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3285-1   C2280E-6

Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to BB6
No REPAIR the circuit as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

BB6 CHECK FOR HIGH MODULE GROUND RESISTANCE
  • For the RCM, measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    RCM mounting bracket   Ground
  • For the OCSM, measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3285-4   Ground

Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to BB7
No For the RCM, VERIFY there is no corrosion between the RCM and the mounting surface. VERIFY the fasteners are clean and tightened to specification with no corrosion. REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information. For the OCSM, REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
CLEAR all Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).

BB7 CHECK FOR MODULE OPERATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • If not previously directed to do so, depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect the module with the concern:
    • For the RCM, disconnect C310A and C310B (if not previously disconnected).
    • For the OCSM, disconnect OCSM C3285 (if not previously disconnected).
  • Check for the following:
    • corrosion (install new connector or terminals - clean module pins)
    • damaged or bent pins - install new terminals/pins
    • pushed-out pins - install new pins as necessary
  • Connect the module with the concern:
    • For the RCM, connect C310A and C310B Make sure the connector seats correctly and engages the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock.
    • For the OCSM, connect C3285. Make sure the connector seats correctly.
  • Connect BCM C2280B and C2280E .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all RCM and OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Is the concern still present?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) address this concern, and DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 was present in the RCM, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If no Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) address this concern, and DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 was present in the OCSM, INSTALL a new OCSM.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector.

PINPOINT TEST BC : B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 AND B0061:64

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) operates in conjunction with the OCS. The OCS interprets a variable voltage signal provided by the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) to identify the possible presence of a child safety seat in the front passenger seat. The voltage output of the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) is proportional to the amount of tension applied to the sensor by the belt: no belt tension causes a low voltage (approximately 0.95 volt) to be output and high belt tension causes a high voltage (approximately 3.8 volts) to be returned to the OCSM.

The OCSM monitors the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) and related circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) (part of the front passenger seatbelt buckle)

If a fault is detected, the OCSM stores DTC B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 or B0061:64 in memory and sends a message to the RCM over the HS-CAN2 indicating that an OCS fault is present. Upon receipt of this message, the RCM sets DTC B00A0:09 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B0061:11 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the OCSM measures voltage below a predetermined threshold on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit. An open Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) VREF circuit can also set this DTC.
OCSM B0061:12 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the OCSM measures voltage above a predetermined threshold on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit. An open Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) return circuit can also set this DTC.
OCSM B0061:13 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the OCSM senses an open on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit.
OCSM B0061:64 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor: Signal Plausibility Failure A fault is indicated when the passenger seatbelt is unbuckled and the OCSM measures voltage on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) signal circuit greater than the maximum voltage returned during normal sensor operation.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) (part of the front passenger seatbelt buckle)
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seatbelt buckle or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS).
  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seat cushion wiring harness.
  • Inspect for a loose or damaged OCSM or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) connector.
  • Inspect for a damaged OCSM.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BC1 RETRIEVE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 or B0061:64 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B0061:11, GO to BC2
For DTC B0061:12, GO to BC5
For DTC B0061:13, GO to BC7
For DTC B0061:64, GO to BC9
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to BC12

BC2 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the OCSM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the OCSM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) shares a connector with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch, and a passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit fault is also present in the RCM.

Was DTC B0061:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to BC3
No INSTALL a new front passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BC13

BC3 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3285-5   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BC4
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BC13

BC4 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-2   C3285-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to BC11
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BC13

BC5 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3285-6   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BC13
No GO to BC6

BC6 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) GROUND CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-3   Ground
      C3738-6   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to BC10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BC13

BC7 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step will attempt to change the fault reported by the OCSM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the OCSM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3738-1   C3738-3
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) shares a connector with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch, and a passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit fault is also present in the RCM.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0061:13 to B0061:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and INSTALL a new front passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BC13
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to BC8

BC8 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-1   C3285-6

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to BC10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BC13

BC9 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-1   C3738-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BC10
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BC13

BC10 CHECK BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VOLTAGE OUTPUT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect OCSM C3285 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Connect fused jumper wires:
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
    C3738, pin 2, harness side C3738, pin 2, component side
    C3738, pin 3, harness side C3738, pin 3, component side
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Buckle the front passenger seatbelt.
  • While applying tension to the front passenger seatbelt at the seatbelt buckle, measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C3738, pin 1, component side Ground

Does the voltage vary from approximately 0.95 volt with no tension applied to the sensor to approximately 3.8 volts with full tension applied to the sensor?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wires and GO to BC11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wires and INSTALL a new front passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BC13

BC11 CONFIRM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all OCS components, SRS electrical connectors and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect OCSM C3285 .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 (if previously disconnected).
  • If previously directed to disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308, depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 (if previously disconnected).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BC13
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BC12

BC12 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B0061:11, B0061:12, B0061:13 or B0061:64 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B0061:11, GO to BC2
For DTC B0061:12, GO to BC5
For DTC B0061:13, GO to BC7
For DTC B0061:64, GO to BC9
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other system in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to BC13

BC13 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BD : B00A0:62

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The OCS determines if the passenger airbag needs to be deployed in the event of a crash by monitoring the pressure that is applied to the OCS bladder when weight of any occupant or object in the front passenger seat is present. When the vehicle is equipped with the front seat massage feature, the pressure that is applied to the OCS bladder can be affected by the operation of the front seat massage function. To account for this, the OCSM monitors various messages sent over HS-CAN from the SCMH indicating the percentage of inflation for each bladder.

There are a total of 6 bladders in the passenger seat cushion: 2 for the seat cushion side bolster bladders and 4 for the seat cushion massage function. Under normal operation, the seat cushion massage bladders deflate when the system is not in use. When the OCSM receives HS-CAN messages that indicate the seat massage function is disabled, but the bladders in the seat remain inflated beyond a certain threshold, it sets a DTC. Depending on the amount (percentage) of inflation that remains and the occupancy status of the seat, the OCSM may send a message to the RCM to indicate that a fault is present. If this occurs, the RCM sets DTC B00A0:68 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

For more information, REFER to: Front Seats - System Operation and Component Description (501-10A Front Seats, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B00A0:62 Occupant Classification System: Signal Compare Failure This DTC sets if the seat massage function is disabled (turned OFF) and the total percentage of inflation of the seat cushion massage bladders exceeds a pre-determined threshold for more than 2 minutes, regardless of seat occupancy. When this condition is satisfied, the airbag warning indicator does not illuminate. Once the DTC has been set for more than 5 ignition cycles and more than 2 minutes, and the seat is occupied by a passenger within a pre-determined weight classification, the airbag warning indicator illuminates. This DTC also sets if the seat massage function is disabled (turned OFF) and the total percentage of inflation of the seat cushion massage bladders exceeds a second, higher, pre-determined threshold while the seat is occupied by a passenger within a pre-determined weight classification. When this occurs, the airbag warning indicator illuminates.

Possible Sources

  • Damaged or kinked seat cushion massage air hoses
  • Seat massage system concern
  • SCMH
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review service history for recent repairs to the passenger seat.
  • Inspect for damaged components or any obstructions under the front passenger seat.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
BD1 VERIFY THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:62 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test. GO to BD2
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to BD4

BD2 VERIFY THE SEAT CUSHION MASSAGE FUNCTION OPERATES CORRECTLY
  • While sitting in the front passenger seat, activate the front passenger seat cushion massage function using the FDIM (touchscreen). Adjust the cushion massage intensity to its highest (most intense) setting.
    • Refer to the Owner's Literature for information about activating and adjusting the seat cushion massage feature.
  • Observe the seat massage behavior. Verify that each of the 4 seat cushion bladders inflates and deflates.

Does each seat cushion bladder inflate and deflate as the seat cushion massage function operates?
Yes GO to BD3
No DIAGNOSE the seat cushion massage system concern.
REFER to: Front Seats (501-10A Front Seats, Diagnosis and Testing).

BD3 VERIFY THE SEAT CUSHION MASSAGE BLADDERS DEFLATE WHEN DISABLED
  • Fully deflate the front passenger seat backrest side bolsters and turn off the seat cushion massage feature.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, view SCMH Parameter Identifications (PIDs).
  • NOTE: The following step compares the passenger seat cushion massage bladder pressures (excludes the cushion bolsters) to the passenger seat backrest bolster bladder pressures. With the front passenger seat unoccupied, view the following Parameter Identifications (PIDs) and record the data displayed by each:
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR1 (Seat Cushion Bladder 1)
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR2 (Seat Cushion Bladder 2)
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR3 (Seat Cushion Bladder 3)
    • PAS_SC_BLADDR4 (Seat Cushion Bladder 4)
    • PAS_SIDE_BLDR1 (Side Bolsters Bladder Pressure 1)
    • PAS_SIDE_BLDR2 (Side Bolsters Bladder Pressure 2)
  • Record the value displayed by each PID. Compare the values of the seat cushion bladders to the values indicated by the side bolster bladders.

Do the seat cushion bladder Parameter Identifications (PIDs) all read within 0.2 psi of the side bolster bladder Parameter Identifications (PIDs)?
Yes Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out the OCSM self-test and VERIFY that operating the seat cushion bladders did not clear the DTC. If DTC was not retrieved during the self-test, GO to BD5.
If DTC B00A0:62 is still present, CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BD5
No One or more bladders are not deflating properly. DIAGNOSE the seat cushion massage system concern.
REFER to: Front Seats (501-10A Front Seats, Diagnosis and Testing).

BD4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Inspect for obstructions under the front passenger seat. Remove any obstructions or foreign objects that might come in contact with the seat.
  • Inspect for damaged components under the front passenger seat. Repair any damage found.
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out OCSM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B00A0:62 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test. GO to BD2
No Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BD5

BD5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition ON.
  • Clear all OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Clear all RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • While sitting in the front passenger seat, activate the front passenger seat cushion massage function using the FDIM (touchscreen).
    • Refer to the Owner's Literature for information about activating and adjusting the seat cushion massage feature.
  • Verify that the front passenger seat cushion massage operates correctly. Turn off the seat cushion massage and wait 2 minutes.
  • Cycle the ignition from on to off and back to on. After turning the ignition on, allow at least 30 seconds for the OCSM to carry out a system self-check. Repeat this step 5 more times.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM, OCSM and, if equipped, BECMB. Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM, OCSM and/or BECMB Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BE : OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) CONCERNS

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCS sensor is internal to the OCSM and cannot be serviced separately. For more information refer to REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B00C0:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Short To Ground This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM.
OCSM B00C0:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Short To Battery This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM.
OCSM B00C0:16 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Circuit Voltage Below Threshold This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM.
OCSM B00C0:49 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Internal Electronic Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM.
OCSM B00C0:7B Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A": Low Fluid Level This DTC sets if the OCSM senses that OCS sensor readings are too low.

Possible Sources

  • Incorrect OCS sensor installation
  • OCS sensor damaged
  • Passenger seat damaged.
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.
  • Inspect passenger seat for recent repairs.
BE1 CHECK THE OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) SENSOR INSTALLATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the passenger seat for damage or incorrect installation.
    REFER to: Front Seat (501-10A Front Seats, Removal and Installation).
  • Inspect the OCS sensor installation and make sure that the hardware is fully seated and tightened correctly.
  • Inspect the OCS sensor hose for kinks, damage, or improper routing.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
No INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BF : B00C2:11 AND B00C2:12

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) operates in conjunction with the OCS. The OCSM provides a reference voltage to the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS), which changes as it passes through the sensor, based on how much tension is applied to the seatbelt and Belt Tension Sensor (BTS).

The OCSM monitors the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) reference voltage circuit for a short to voltage or a short to ground.

If a fault is detected, the OCSM stores DTC B00C2:11 or B00C2:12 in memory and sends a message to the RCM over the HS-CAN2 indicating that an OCS fault is present. Upon receipt of this message, the RCM sets DTC B00A0:09 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B00C2:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C": Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the OCSM senses a short to ground on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) reference voltage circuit.
OCSM B00C2:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C": Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the OCSM senses a short to voltage on the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) reference voltage circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) (part of the front passenger seatbelt buckle)
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seatbelt buckle or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS).
  • Inspect for a damaged passenger seat cushion wiring harness.
  • Inspect for a loose or damaged OCSM or Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) connector.
  • Inspect for a damaged OCSM.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BF1 RETRIEVE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B00C2:11 or B00C2:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B00C2:11, GO to BF2
For DTC B00C2:12, GO to BF4
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to BF6

BF2 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the OCSM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the OCSM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. The Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) shares a connector with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch, and a passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit fault is also present in the RCM.

Was DTC B00C2:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to BF3
No INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to BF7

BF3 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BF5
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BF7

BF4 CHECK THE BELT TENSION SENSOR (BTS) VREF CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BF7
No GO to BF5

BF5 CONFIRM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all OCS system components, restraint system sensor electrical connectors and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect OCSM C3285 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • If previously directed to disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308, depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3308 (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BF7
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BF6

BF6 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was DTC B00C2:11 or B00C2:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B00C2:11, GO to BF2
For DTC B00C2:12, GO to BF4
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other system in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to BF7

BF7 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. NOTE: After turning the ignition on, it is important to wait a minimum of 10 seconds before carrying out the OCSM self-test. This ensures that the OCSM self-diagnostics have completed prior to the self-test. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BG : B1193:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to the vehicle being in a crash.

Possible Sources

  • OCSM
BG1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the OCSM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes
REFER to: Inspection and Repair after a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Deployment (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
GO to BG2
No The system is operating correctly at this time. GO to BG2

BG2 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BH : U0100:00

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCSM and RCM both use information contained in messages from the PCM sent on the HS-CAN.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U0100:00 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM "A": No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the PCM.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • PCM
  • OCSM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BH1 VERIFY DIAGNOSTIC SCAN TOOL COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Connect the diagnostic scan tool.
  • Check that a vehicle session can be established using the diagnostic scan tool.

Can a vehicle session be established?
Yes If DTC U0100:00 was retrieved from the OCSM, GO to BH2
If DTC U0100:00 was retrieved from the RCM, GO to BH3
No To diagnose no communication with the PCM,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BH2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U0100:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BH4
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BH3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U0100:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BH4
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BH4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE) KOEO (KEY ON, ENGINE OFF) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform PCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the PCM KOEO self-test.

Is DTC P0562 or P0563 recorded?
Yes DIAGNOSE the PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No If DTC U0100:00 was originally retrieved from the OCSM, GO to BH5
If DTC U0100:00 was originally retrieved from the RCM, GO to BH6

BH5 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to BH7

BH6 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • Check for recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to BH8

BH7 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0100:00 SET IN MODULES OTHER THAN THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0100:00 set in the ABS module or in the RCM?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern,
   Click here to access Guided Routine (PCM). Internet Explorer version 11 or greater is required to perform this Pinpoint Test.
. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCSM.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

BH8 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0100:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES OTHER THAN THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0100:00 set in the ABS module or in the OCSM?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern,
   Click here to access Guided Routine (PCM). Internet Explorer version 11 or greater is required to perform this Pinpoint Test.
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BI : U0151:00

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCSM uses information contained in messages from the RCM sent on the HS-CAN2.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U0151:00 Lost Communication With Restraints Control Module: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the RCM.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • OCSM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
BI1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the RCM pass the network test?
Yes GO to BI2
No To diagnose no communication with the RCM,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BI2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U0151:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BI3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BI3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to BI4

BI4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to BI5

BI5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U0151:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U0151:00 set in the ABS module or in the BCM?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BJ : U024C:00

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The OCSM uses information contained in messages from the SCMH sent on the HS-CAN2.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U024C:00 Lost Communication with Seat Control Module "H": No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the SCMH.

Possible Sources

  • Network traffic
  • OCSM
  • SCMH
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
BJ1 CHECK THE COMMUNICATION NETWORK
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out a network test.

Does the SCMH pass the network test?
Yes GO to BJ2
No To diagnose no communication with the SCMH,
REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

BJ2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) CONTINUOUS MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (CMDTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Wait 10 seconds.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U024C:00 retrieved again?
Yes GO to BJ3
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

BJ3 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to BJ4

BJ4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS) FROM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) SELF-TEST
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.
  • Check the recorded Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM self-test.

Is DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 recorded?
Yes GO to Pinpoint Test BB
No GO to BJ5

BJ5 CHECK FOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) U024C:00 SET IN OTHER MODULES
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform self-test for all modules.

Is DTC U024C:00 set in the ABS module or in the BCM?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new SCMH.
REFER to: Driver Multi-Contour Seat Module [SCMG] (501-10A Front Seats, Removal and Installation).
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions.
If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).

PINPOINT TEST BK : U0401:00

NOTE: This DTC sets in a module that is reporting a missing or invalid message from another module on the data bus. The module that reports the fault is not the problem module. Do not install a new OCSM as part of the repair unless directed to do so in a pinpoint test.


Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCSM receives data messages from the PCM over the HS-CAN

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets if the OCSM does not receive an expected message from the PCM.

Possible Sources

  • OCSM
  • PCM
  WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position of the Restraints Control Module (RCM) while the Restraints Control Module (RCM) is connected and the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the Safety Canopy® and cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BK1 CHECK FOR PCM (POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform PCM self-test.
  • Record the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that were retrieved.

Are any PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved?
Yes Refer to the appropriate section in Group 303 for the procedure.
No GO to BK2

BK2 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BL : U3000:41, U3000:42, U3000:46,

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCS sensor is internal to the OCSM and cannot be serviced separately. For more information refer to REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U3000:41 Control Module: General Checksum Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM.
OCSM U3000:42 Control Module: General Memory Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM.
OCSM U3000:46 Control Module: Calibration/Parameter Memory Failure This DTC sets due to an internal fault with the OCSM.

Possible Sources

  • OCSM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BL1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury. Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new OCSM.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The system is operating correctly at this time. The DTC may have been set due to high network traffic or an intermittent fault condition.

PINPOINT TEST BM : U3000:54

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The OCS sensor is internal to the OCSM and cannot be serviced separately. For more information refer to REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
OCSM U3000:54 Control Module: Missing Calibration This DTC sets due to a fault with the OCSM.

Possible Sources

  • Incorrect OCS sensor installation
  • OCS sensor damaged
  • Passenger seat damaged.
  • OCSM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Review recent service history to identify repairs where an incorrect component may have been installed.
  • Inspect passenger seat for recent repairs.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BM1 PERFORM OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) RESET
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCS Reset.
  • Be careful to follow all instructions on the diagnostic scan tool

Was the OCS Reset successful?
Yes The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.
No GO to BM2

BM2 CHECK THE OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) SENSOR INSTALLATION
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Inspect the passenger seat for damage or incorrect installation.
    REFER to: Front Seat (501-10A Front Seats, Removal and Installation).
  • Inspect the OCS sensor installation and make sure that the hardware is fully seated and tightened correctly.
  • Inspect the OCS sensor hose for kinks, damage, or improper routing.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
No GO to BM3

BM3 RETRIEVE OCS (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCS self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST BN : B00A0:11, B00A0:12, B1123:11, B1123:12

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

The BCM provides battery voltage to the RCM and OCSM. The BCM monitors each circuit for a short to voltage or a short to ground.

If a fault is detected, the BCM stores the appropriate DTC in memory and sends a message to the RCM over HS-CAN1 and HS-CAN2, indicating that a BCM fault is present. Upon receipt of this message, the RCM sets DTC U0413:92 and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
BCM B00A0:11 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the BCM senses a short to ground on the OCSM voltage supply circuit.
BCM B00A0:12 Occupant Classification System: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the BCM senses a short to voltage on the OCSM voltage supply circuit.
BCM B1123:11 Restraints Ignition relay: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the BCM senses a short to ground on the RCM voltage supply circuit.
BCM B1123:12 Restraints Ignition relay: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the BCM senses a short to voltage on the RCM voltage supply circuit.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • BCM
  • RCM
  • OCSM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
BN1 RETRIEVE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:11, B00A0:12, B1123:11 or B1123:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the self-test.
For DTC B00A0:11, GO to BN2
For DTC B00A0:12, GO to BN4
For DTC B1123:11, GO to BN6
For DTC B1123:12, GO to BN8
No This is an intermittent fault. GO to BN13

BN2 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3285-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BN3
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BN14

BN3 CHECK THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO GROUND
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BN10
No GO to BN12

BN4 CHECK THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Disconnect OCSM C3285 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3285-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BN14
No GO to BN5

BN5 CHECK THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BN10
No GO to BN12

BN6 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E-B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-19   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to BN7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BN14

BN7 CHECK THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO GROUND
  • Connect BCM C2280B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Was DTC B1123:11 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BN10
No GO to BN11

BN8 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-19   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to BN14
No GO to BN9

BN9 CHECK THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE FROM SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect BCM C2280B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Was DTC B1123:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes GO to BN10
No GO to BN11

BN10 CONFIRM THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all BCM, OCSM and RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded and modules will be unresponsive.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect OCSM C3285 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect BCM C2280B and C2280E (if previously disconnected).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
GO to BN14
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BN13

BN11 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all BCM, OCSM and RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded and modules will be unresponsive.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect BCM C2280E (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BN14
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BN13

BN12 CONFIRM THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all BCM, OCSM and RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded and modules will be unresponsive.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect OCSM C3285 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect BCM C2280E (if previously disconnected).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform OCSM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new OCS sensor.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to BN14
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to BN13

BN13 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • For DTC B00A0:11 or B00A0:12, disconnect OCSM C3285.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C310A and C2280E .
  • For DTC B1123:11 or B1123:12, disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • For DTC B00A0:11 or B00A0:12, connect OCSM C3285.
  • For DTC B1123:11 or B1123:12, connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect BCM C310A and C2280E .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B00A0:11, B00A0:12, B1123:11 or B1123:12 retrieved during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the self-test.
For DTC B00A0:11, GO to BN2
For DTC B00A0:12, GO to BN4
For DTC B1123:11, GO to BN6
For DTC B1123:12, GO to BN8
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wiring harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other system in the same wiring harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to BN14

BN14 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.


    Description and Operation - Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description

    System Operation System Diagram - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Item Description 1 RCM 2 Ignition Switch 3 GWM 4 Driver Seatbelt Buckle Switch 5 Passenger Seatbelt Buckle Switch 6 RHFront Impact Severity Sensor 7 Driver Door Side Impact Sensor 8 Driver C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor 9 Passenger Belt Tension Sensor (BTS) 10 Passenger Seat Position Sensor 11 Driver Seat Position Sensor 12 APIM 13 Passenger Door Side Impact Sensor 14 BCM 15 Driver Second Row Seatbelt Buckle Switch 16 Passenger Second Row Seatbelt Buckle Switch 17 LH Front Impact Severity Sensor 18 OCSM 19 Center Second Row Seatbelt Buckle Switch 20 Passenger C-Pillar Side Impact Sensor 21 Driver Third Row Seatbelt Buckle Switch 22 Passenger Third Row Seatbelt Buckle Switch 23 IPC Item Description 1 Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner 2 Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner 3 Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner 4 Passenger Side Curtain Airbag 5 Driver Side Curtain Airbag 6 Passenger Side Airbag 7 Driver Side Airbag 8 Passenger Airbag (Stages 1 and 2) 9 Driver Airbag (Stages 1 and 2) 10 RCM 11 BCM 12 Passenger Seatbelt Adaptive Load Limiter 13 Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner 14 Passenger Load Limiting Retractor 15 Passenger Airbag Vent (if equipped) 16 Passenger Knee Airbag 17 Driver Knee Airbag 18 Driver Second Row Seatbelt Retractor 19 Passenger Second Row Seatbelt Retractor Network Message Chart - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)   Module Network Input Messages - RCM Broadcast Message Originating Module Message Purpose eCall confirmation   APIM Used for SYNC® 911 Assist™ operation...

    General Procedures - Clockspring Adjustment

    Special Tool(s) / General Equipment Adhesive Tape   WARNING: If the clockspring is not correctly centralized, it may fail prematurely...

    Other information:

    Lincoln Aviator 2020-2024 Service Manual: Removal and Installation - Keyless Entry Keypad


    Removal NOTE: The keyless entry keypad is serviced as an assembly with the front door upper moulding. Remove the front door upper moulding. Refer to: Front Door Upper Moulding (501-08 Exterior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation)...

    Lincoln Aviator 2020-2024 Service Manual: Diagnosis and Testing - Body Control Module (BCM)


    Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices. REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).   Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart Module   DTC Description Action   BCM B11D9:16 Vehicle Battery:Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y   BCM B11D9:17 Vehicle Battery:Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z   BCM U0100:87 Lost Communication With ECM/PCM "A":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test A   BCM U0121:87 Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Control Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test B   BCM U0131:87 Lost Communication With Power Steering Control Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test C   BCM U0151:87 Lost Communication With Restraints Control Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test D   BCM U0155:87 Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Control Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test E   BCM U0166:87 Lost Communication With Auxiliary Heater Control Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test F   BCM U0184:87 Lost Communication With Radio:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test G   BCM U0198:87 Lost Communication With Telematic Control Module: Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test H   BCM U0199:87 Lost Communication With "Door Control Module A":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test I   BCM U019B:87 Lost Communication With Battery Charger Control Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test J   BCM U0200:87 Lost Communication With "Door Control Module B":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test K   BCM U0208:87 Lost Communication With "Seat Control Module A":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test L   BCM U0212:87 Lost Communication With Steering Column Control Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test M   BCM U0230:87 Lost Communication With Rear Gate Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test N   BCM U0232:87 Lost Communication With Side Obstacle Detection Control Module "A":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test O   BCM U0233:87 Lost Communication With Side Obstacle Detection Control Module "B":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test P   BCM U023A:87 Lost Communication With Image Processing Control Module A:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test Q   BCM U0252:87 Lost Communication With Lighting Control Module-Rear "B":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test R   BCM U0253:87 Lost Communication With Accessory Protocol Interface Module:Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test S   BCM U0256:87 Lost Communication With Front Controls Interface Module "A":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test T   BCM U0293:87 Lost Communication With Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module "A":Missing Message   GO to Pinpoint Test U   BCM U1000:00 Solid State Driver Protection Active:Driver Disabled: No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test V   BCM U2005:85 Vehicle Speed:Signal Above Allowable Range   GO to Pinpoint Test W   BCM U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test X   BCM U2101:00 Control Module Configuration Inomplete:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test X   BCM U2200:00 Control Module Configuration Memory Corrupt:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test X   BCM U3000:49 Control Module:Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AA   BCM U3006:16 Control Module Input Power “A”:Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y   BCM U3006:17 Control Module Input Power “A”:Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z   BCM U3006:1C Control Module Input Power “A”:Circuit Voltage Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test Y   BCM U3006:1C Control Module Input Power “A”:Circuit Voltage Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test Z   BCM U3007:16 Control Module Input Power "B":Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y   BCM U3007:17 Control Module Input Power "B":Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z   BCM U3013:16 Control Module Input Power "C":Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y   BCM U3013:17 Control Module Input Power "C":Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z   BCM U3014:16 Control Module Input Power "D":Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y   BCM U3014:17 Control Module Input Power "D":Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z Symptom Chart Symptom Chart: Multifunction Electronic Modules Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices...

    Categories

    Children and Airbags

    WARNING: Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child restraint is installed all the way back.

    Lincoln Aviator. Children and Airbags

    read more

     
    Copyright © 2024 www.liaviator2.com